Manifolds. 4 Inline 4 Dual Air 4 Junction Blocks 4 Terminal Blocks 4 Aluminum, Brass, Stainless Steel, Nylon & Polypropylene

Transcription

1

2 Providing System Solutions for Fluid Control Control Valves 4 -Way, 3-Way & 4-Way Valves 4 Pressure Regulators, Flow Controls & Needle Valves 4 Variety of sizes & configurations 4 Anodized or Electroless nickel plated for corrosion resistance Manifolds 4 Inline 4 Dual Air 4 Junction Blocks 4 Terminal Blocks 4 Aluminum, Brass, Stainless Steel, Nylon & Polypropylene Pneumadyne, Inc rd Avenue North Plymouth, MN Call to Order: Valve Accessories 4 Oil Tight Operators 4 Air Pilot, Cam, Thumb, Button & Ball Operators 4 Micro Gauges 4 Air Operated Electric Switches 4 Foot Pedal, Mounting Brackets & Dress Plates Tubing & Accessories 4 Single & Multi-Tube Polyurethane 4 Polyurethane Coils 4 Variety of colors & sizes 4 Tube Racks & Cutters 4 Quick Disconnects, Micro Couplers, Ribbon Tube Connectors & Bulkhead Connectors Solenoid Valves 4 -Way & 3-Way Valves 4 Variety of voltage, wattage & connector options 4 Fast response times & high flow rates 4 0 mm & 5 mm Latching Valves 4 Single Bases & Multiple Station Manifolds for mounting & installation convenience Solenoid Operated Valves 4 3-Way Normally Open & Normally Closed Valves 4 5 Port -Position & 5 Port 3-Position 4-Way Valves 4 Variety of voltage & connector options 4 Lubricated or non-lubricated air 4 Multiple Station Manifolds Fittings 4 Barbed, Threaded & Push-to-Connect styles 4 Electroless nickel plated for corrosion resistance 4 Superior o-ring seal 4 Variety of sizes & configurations 4 Brass and stainless steel Air Jets 4 /3 & /6 ID Nozzles 4 Modular design is adaptable for numerous applications 4 Durable brass construction 4 Holder for convenient mounting 4 Variety of possible combinations 4 Ideal for Cooling, Blow Off, Moving & Lubricant applications Custom Design Products 4 Our fluid power and engineering expertise is an advantage when developing custom pneumatic products 4 Products or systems that meet your defined performance requirements 4 Focus on component consolidation 4 Advanced manufacturing capabilities 4 Over 35 years of experience designing & manufacturing custom products; a priority since our inception Rely on Pneumadyne when: 4 Assistance is needed designing circuitry & selecting components 4 Assembly time & cost must be reduced 4 Performance of an existing circuit needs to be improved 4 Limited space is an issue ISO 900:008 certified manufacturer of pneumatic components Industries Served Agriculture - Automation - Dental - Entertainment / Recreation - Food & Beverage - Material & Fluid Handling Medical - Oil & Gas / Energy - Packaging - Printing - Semiconductor - Testing & Measurement - Transportation

3 About Us History & Milestones Pneumadyne, Inc, an ISO 900:008 certified manufacturer of pneumatic components was founded in New York State by Bill Nugent in 975. At that time, he was designing and building pneumatic control systems and saw a need for better quality miniature pneumatic components. He also realized that many fluid power distributors across the country could benefit from the product innovations that he was using to make panel building easier and more economical. From this work, the design and manufacture of Pneumadyne directional valves, pneumatic fittings and manifolds evolved. The 980s was a decade of product development. As Bill designed valves, it was important to him to develop new products that solved his customer s problems rather than just modify existing valve designs. This belief is as important to all of us at Pneumadyne today as it was to Bill in the 80s. Several patents were awarded for Bill s innovative designs and the majority of these valves, fittings and manifolds remain extremely popular with our customers. October of 988 brought about a huge change for Pneumadyne the company was moved from New York to Minnesota. Bill chose Minnesota for its manufacturing culture and valuable work force. Several schools in the state also provided an environment that was conducive to fluid power technology. Prior to 995, the only product line machined in-house was our aluminum manifolds. We relied on outside machine shops for all of our valve components and fittings. In 995 we purchased our first CNC Mill for the manufacture of manifolds and square valve bodies. This purchase was the beginning of an aggressive expansion of manufacturing operations that continues to this day. In 997, we expanded our in-house machining capabilities to include CNC Turning. We began our operations with Swiss multi-axis machines with magazine bar feeds which allowed us to produce parts 4-hours a day, 7 days a week while only employing our day shift. Our decision to expand our machining capabilities was a direct response to continued growth and product demand. A significant event in November of 996 accelerated this expansion. One of our Providing System Solutions for Fluid Control competitors had decided to exit the industrial market and cease operations by February of 997. They felt a strong responsibility to give their distributors and customers an alternative; therefore, they contacted Pneumadyne and asked if we could provide this support. It was a big challenge but after 8 months of intensive design and product enhancement, our Compact Series line of valves was successfully integrated into the Several patents have been issued for our robust and unique designs Pneumadyne product offering. Today, the Compact Valves are still a very important part of our product mix and are now known as the 00, 300, 400 and 45 Series of valves. In 004, our commitment to quality received significant recognition when we were granted ISO 900 Certification. Stringent quality management systems, standards and guidelines ensure that we are designing and producing products that meet and exceed the highest of customer standards. Our Quality Policy, Quality Through Continuous Improvement, is implemented throughout the entire organization. Another milestone was reached in June of 005, we moved into our current 35,000 sq foot building. After fifteen years of change and significant growth, we made the decision to relocate. This move allowed us to configure our workspace much more efficiently as well as plan for future growth and the requirements of new and more diverse products. Over the years, Pneumadyne has grown from a manufacturer of miniature pneumatic valves to a designer and manufacturer of pneumatic system solutions. Providing products, whether they are standard or custom, which solve problems and exceed customer expectations continues to be our goal. Our Mission ISO 900:008 Pneumadyne, Inc. continually strives to be a leading manufacturer of fluid control components and systems for distributors and OEMs worldwide. With a proven understanding of the design, technology and precision manufacture of fluid controls, we seek to create solutions for our customers providing them with a competitive advantage. By encouraging all of our employees to pursue their highest potential in an atmosphere of growth, opportunity and training, consistent with the values of teamwork, pride, honesty and reliability, we are confident these goals are attainable. certified manufacturer of pneumatic components

4 Control Valves & Accessories -Way & 3-Way Valves O Series: Swivel input port (F) output port Non-threaded exhaust port 3 Series: Swivel input port 0-3 (F) output port & exhaust ports Series:/8 NPT, /8 NPT (F) & 6 Push-to-connect ports Swivel output port Non-threaded exhaust port 00 Series: /6 barbed input port /6 barbed output port Non-threaded exhaust port 300 Series: 0-3 (F) & /8 NPT input ports 0-3 (F) output ports 0-3 (F) & non-threaded exhaust ports 400 Series: 3 /8 NPT (F) porting Pilot Operated Cartridge Valve 40 Sub-Micro Valves: 4 /6 barbed porting Cartridge Valves & 3 Heavy Duty -Position -Way & 3-Way 44 3-Position Toggle Valves 46 6-Position Selector Valves 50 4-Way Valves 4 Series: Non-threaded exhaust ports 5 45 Series: Fully ported 5 Valve Consolidation System 60 Valve Accessories Oil Tight Operators 6 Ball Operator 64 External Air Pilot Operators 64 Low Pressure Air Pilot Operator 65 Shrouded Button Operator 65 Heavy Duty Operator 66 Foot, Hand, Knee Operator 66 Cam Operators 67 Thumb Operator 67 Dress Plates 68 Mounting Brackets 69 Micro Gauges 69 Circuit Control Shuttle Valves 70 Check Valves 74 Pilot Operated Check Valves 78 Flow Controls and Needle Valves 80 Double Flow Control 86 AND Valve 87 Pressure Control Valve 88 Miniature Precision Regulator 90 Pressure Regulators 9 Quick Exhaust 96 Bleed Valve 00 Air Operated Electric Switch 0 Additional Information & Specifications 0

5 Solenoid Valves 0 mm Valves 06 -Way & 3-Way normally closed 3-Way normally open.5 &.3 watt coils 5 mm Valves 0 -Way & 3-Way normally closed -Way & 3-Way normally open.0 &.3 watt coils System 6 Valves 6 -Way & 3-Way normally closed 0.8 and.9 watt & 3. VA coils System 8 Valves 0 -Way & 3-Way normally closed 3-Way normally open 6.0 watt coils Latching Valves 3 Manifolds & Bases for use with Pneumadyne Solenoids 6 0 mm 5 mm System 6 System 8 Solenoid Actuated Valves Cylinder Control (Valve sold separately) 30 0 Series (includes air pilot operated valve) 3 Series (includes air pilot operated valve) 38 Custom Products Custom Products 4 Air Jets Air Jets 46

6 Fittings Pneu-Edge : Single-barb design & captured o-ring seal 48 Straight Connector Elbow: Fixed, Adjustable Tee: Fixed, Adjustable Plug Bulkhead Bushing Adapter Barb-to-Barb Coupling Elbow Tee Cross Original O-Ring Seal: Captured o-ring & multiple barb design 7 Straight Connector Stud Plug Elbow Tee Cross Adapter Nipple Coupling Bulkheads Tees Cross Tapered Thread 76 Straight Connector Elbow Tee Cross Bushing Adapter Nipple Plug Barb-to-Barb Connectors: Multiple barb design 80 Coupling Elbow Tee Cross Push-to-Connect 8 Straight Connector Elbow Tee Fitting Specifications 88

7 Manifolds Multiple Connection Manifolds 90 Inline 9 Inline: Brass & 303 Stainless Steel 97 Inline:.5 Output Spacing :.5 Output Spacing 0 Dual Air 04 Junction Blocks 05 Terminal Blocks 06 Tubing & Tubing Accessories Polyurethane Tubing 07 Single 07 Multi-Bore 08 Multi-Color Ribbon 08 Polyurethane Coils 09 Quick Disconnect 0 Micro Coupler Static Bulkhead Connector 4 Ribbon Tube Connector 8 Tube Cutter 0 Glossary Chemical Resistance Information 4 Warranty Information 5 Terms & Conditions 6 Alphanumeric Product Listing 8 Contact Information 38

8 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Miniature size l Poppet design contributes to long product life l Seven input options l Swivel input port to accommodate critical alignment l Closed crossover (NC Only) l Non-threaded exhaust port & 3-Way Valves O Series The highly reliable O Series valve is available in -Way or 3-Way normally open or normally closed. Ideal for limited space applications (OAL not more than.43 ) this miniature valve features seven swivel input options- virtually eliminating the need for additional fittings! Closed cross-over The normally closed O Series features a stem and poppet that work in conjunction with one another. The poppet seals the exhaust port before it opens to flow (normally closed). There is no transitional state from one function to the next providing the user precise control between positions. Performance Data Temperature Range Actuator Style Operating Pressure C v -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi.4 8. C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Actuation Force Materials Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Fill Time sec/ in psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Way Valve 3-Way Valve 50 psi 5 psi 50 psi 5 psi Nylon Toggle 4 oz 6 oz 4 oz 6 oz Push Button 3 lbs 5 / lbs 3 lbs 5 / lbs Actuation force for NC ONLY Aluminum/ Anodize or Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Buna-N (optional seals available- contact factory) Swivel input port to accommodate critical alignment 8

9 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax figure A Actuated figure B Unactuated O Series Cross Section 3-Way Normally Closed 3 3 Flow Rate (scfm) O Series (NC) Flow Chart Port Options Definition Port Swivel Input Input Pressure (psi) Options l /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) l 0-3 (F) Elbow l 0-3 (F) Tee l /8 NPT (F) l 70 Barb* l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in Control Valves & Valve Accessories Function When a 3-Way normally closed valve is actuated (figure A) the stem unseats the poppet allowing flow through port around the poppet and stem and out port. In the unactuated position (figure B) the poppet is seated. When flow enters from port it travels through the hollow stem and exhausts to atmosphere through port 3. The poppet design provides a large durable surface that can withstand millions of cycles. The normally open O Series features a stem design with standard Buna-N O-rings. Port Output Port 3 Exhaust Mounting Method Panel 0-3 (F) non-threaded, exhausts to atmosphere *70 barb- recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE Swivel input is NOT to be used as a rotary union Surface Normally Open valves are clear anodized for corrosion resistance Nominal mounting hole dimension 3/64 MB- or MB-F Mounting Bracket () nuts and () lockwasher provided 9

10 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Optional seals available- contact factory. l Metal push button available- use an M as the second character to indicate metal. l Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuator specify the color, by code, as a - code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart). Product Information -Way Normally Closed Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle Push Button Part Number AO-0- AO-0- AO-0-3 AO-0-4 AO-0-5 AO-0-6 AO-0-7 HO-0- HO-0- HO-0-3 HO-0-4 HO-0-5 HO-0-6 HO-0-7 FO-0- FO-0- FO-0-3 FO-0-4 FO-0-5 FO-0-6 FO-0-7 AO-- AO-- AO--3 AO--4 AO--5 AO--6 AO--7 Input -Way Normally Open Part Number /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in Input /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 3-Way Normally Closed Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle Push Button Part Number AO-30- AO-30- AO-30-3 AO-30-4 AO-30-5 AO-30-6 AO-30-7 HO-30- HO-30- HO-30-3 HO-30-4 HO-30-5 HO-30-6 HO-30-7 FO-30- FO-30- FO-30-3 FO-30-4 FO-30-5 FO-30-6 FO Way Normally Open Part Number AO-3- AO-3- AO-3-3 AO-3-4 AO-3-5 AO-3-6 AO-3-7 Input /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in Input /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in Pneumadyne O Series Valves have been customer tested over 40 million cycles! Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle HO-- HO-- HO--3 HO--4 HO--5 HO--6 HO--7 FO-- FO-- FO--3 FO--4 FO--5 FO--6 FO--7 /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle HO-3- HO-3- HO-3-3 HO-3-4 HO-3-5 HO-3-6 HO-3-7 FO-3- FO-3- FO-3-3 FO-3-4 FO-3-5 FO-3-6 FO-3-7 /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in l Refer to Product Number Diagram (page 4) 0

11 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax (F) 5/3-3 / HEX /8 NPT (M) / / / (F) (F) (F) / HEX / HEX Push Button Actuator Ø.6 X 0-3 Ø.6 3X 0-3 Ø.6 / HEX /8 NPT (F) Ø.6 - Input - Input -3 Input -4 Input / / / (F) 5/3-3 / HEX /8 NPT (M) (F) / HEX (F) / HEX X (F) / HEX 0-3 Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6 /8 NPT (F) Ø.6 Toggle Actuator - Input - Input -3 Input -4 Input Control Valves & Valve Accessories (F) (F) 5/ BARB Ø.50 Ø.6-5 Input 5/ BARB Ø.50 Ø.6-5 Input (F) (F) Ø.6-6 Input Ø.6-6 Input 5/3-3 /4 PI 5/3-3 /4 PI / (F) 5/3 PI Ø.6-7 Input l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice / (F) 5/3 PI Ø.6-7 Input

12 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Fully ported l 3-Way normally closed l Poppet design contributes to long product life l Seven input options l Closed crossover l Swivel Input Port 3-Way Valves 3 Series Pneumadyne s 3 Series are 3-Way normally closed, fully ported valves. Closed cross-over The internal design of the 3 Series features a stem and poppet that work in conjunction with one another. The poppet seals the exhaust port before it opens to flow. There is no transitional state from one function to the next providing the operator precise control between positions. The addition of the threaded exhaust port makes it possible to direct and capture the exhaust flow in liquid, cleanroom or lubricated air applications. Mufflers can also be threaded in the exhaust port for noise control. Performance Data Temperature Range Actuation Force Actuator Style Operating Pressure -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi Flow Path - 3- C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 C v Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in 50 psi 5 psi psi 3-Way Valve 50 psi 5 psi Nylon Toggle 8 oz 4 oz Push Button 3-/ lbs 6 lbs.3 7. Exhaust Time sec/ in psi N/A Materials Aluminum/ Anodize or Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Buna-N (optional seals available -contact factory)

13 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax figure A Actuated figure B Unactuated 3 Series Cross Section 3-Way Normally Closed 3 3 Flow Rate (scfm) Port Options Definition Port Swivel Input 3 Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) Options l /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) l 0-3 (F) Elbow l 0-3 (F) Tee l /8 NPT (F) l 70 Barb* l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in Control Valves & Valve Accessories Function When a 3-Way normally closed valve is actuated (figure A) the stem unseats the poppet allowing flow through port around the poppet and stem and out port. In the unactuated position (figure B) the poppet is seated. When flow enters from port it travels through the hollow stem and exhausts to atmosphere through port 3. The poppet design provides a large durable surface that can withstand millions of cycles. This versatile valve can be plumbed as a selector with pressure in port and vacuum plumbed in port 3. Pick-and-place applications use selector valves to pick up an object, often with a suction cup at port, and release the object by breaking the vacuum pressure at port. The 3 Series cannot be plumbed as normally open, we recommend using our 300 Series 0-3 fully ported valve. Port Output Port 3 Exhaust 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) *70 barb- recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE Swivel input is NOT to be used as a rotary union Mounting Method Panel Nominal mounting hole dimension 3/64 Surface MB- or MB-F Mounting Bracket () nuts and () lockwasher provided The input port swivels to accommodate critical alignment 3

14 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information 3-Way Normally Closed Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle Part Number A3-30- A3-30- A A A A A H3-30- H3-30- H H H H H F3-30- F3-30- F F F F F Input /8 NPT/ 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT/ 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT/ 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Elbow 0-3 (F) Tee /8 NPT (F) 70 Barb /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in Actuator A= Push Button AM= Metal Button F= Momentary Toggle H= Detented Toggle HM= Metal Detented Toggle Product Number Diagram O Series & 3 Series AM3-30- Series O= O Series 3= 3 Series Function = -Way 3= 3-Way Example: Metal push button, 3 Series, 3-Way, Normally Closed, /8 NPT/ 0-3 (F) Input Port Position One O= Normally Closed = Normally Open *70 barb- recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE Input Port = /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) = 0-3 (F) Elbow 3= 0-3 (F) Tee 4= /8 NPT (F) 5= 70 Barb* 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Metal push button available- use AM as the prefix to indicate metal. l Optional seals available- contact factory. l Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuator specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart). 4

15 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax / / / X 0-3 (F) / HEX /8 NPT X 0-3 (F) / HEX X 0-3 (F) / HEX X 0-3 (F) Push Button Actuator Ø (F) Ø.6 X 0-3 (F) Ø.6 - Input - Input -3 Input.95 5/ / / X 0-3 (F) / HEX /8 NPT X 0-3 (F) / HEX X 0-3 (F) / HEX X 0-3 (F) Toggle Actuator Ø (F) Ø.6 X 0-3 Ø.6 - Input - Input -3 Input Control Valves & Valve Accessories 5/3-3 / HEX /8 NPT (F) Ø.6-4 Input 5/3-3 / HEX Ø.6-4 Input X 0-3 (F) X 0-3 (F) 5/ BARB Ø.50 Ø.6-5 Input 5/ BARB Ø.50 Ø.6-5 Input X 0-3 (F) X 0-3 (F) Ø.6-6 Input Ø.6-6 Input 5/3-3 /4 PI 5/3-3 /4 PI X 0-3 (F) X 0-3 (F) 5/3-3 5/3 PI Ø.6-7 Input 5/3-3 5/3 PI Ø.6-7 Input l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 5

16 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l 58 possible configurations l Four input options l Swivel output port l High flow l Poppet design contributes to long product life l Closed crossover (NC Only) & 3-Way Valves Series The Series features /8 NPT female and /4 push-toconnect connections contributing to higher flow rates. Push-in connections are available on both the input and output ports for plumbing convenience. Closed cross-over The normally closed Series features a stem and poppet that work in conjunction with one another. The poppet seals the exhaust port before it opens to flow (normally closed). There is no transitional state from one function to the next providing the operator precise control between positions. Performance Data Temperature Range -0 o to 60 o F Operating Pressure 0 to 5 psi Type Normally Open Normally Closed C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Actuation Force Actuator Style C v.3 Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in 50 psi 5 psi psi 8.6 ExhaustTime sec/ in psi Normally Open Normally Closed 50 psi 5 psi 50 psi 5 psi Nylon Toggle 8 oz 9 oz 8 oz 4 oz Push Button 7 / lbs lbs 3 / lbs 7 lbs Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Acetal Copolymer, Buna-N (optional seals availablecontact factory) 6

17 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax figure A Actuated figure B Unactuated Series Cross Section 3-Way Normally Closed Flow Rate (scfm) Port Options Definition Port Input Port Swivel Output Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) Options l /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) l /8 NPT (F) l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in l /8 NPT (F) l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in Control Valves & Valve Accessories Function When a 3-Way normally closed valve is actuated (figure A) the stem unseats the poppet allowing flow through port around the poppet and stem and out port. In the unactuated position (figure B) the poppet is seated. When flow enters from port it travels through the hollow stem and exhausts to atmosphere through port 3. The specially designed poppet has a Buna-N sealing surface which can withstand millions of cycles. Port 3 Exhaust non-threaded, exhausts to atmosphere Swivel output is NOT to be used as a rotary union Mounting Method Panel Surface Nominal mounting hole dimension 3/64 MB- or MB-F Mounting Bracket () nuts and () lockwasher provided 7

18 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax /8 NPT male or /4 NPT male output ports available- contact factory Push-to-connect connections are available on both the input and output ports The Series specially designed poppet has a Buna-N sealing surface which can withstand millions of cycles Product Information -Way Normally Closed Part Number Input Output Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle A-0-4 A-0-6 A-0-7 A-0-44 A-0-46 A-0-47 A-0-64 A-0-66 A-0-67 A-0-74 A-0-76 A-0-77 H-0-4 H-0-6 H-0-7 H-0-44 H-0-46 H-0-47 H-0-64 H-0-66 H-0-67 H-0-74 H-0-76 H-0-77 F-0-4 F-0-6 F-0-7 F-0-44 F-0-46 F-0-47 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in F-0-64 /8 NPT (F) /4 F-0-66 Push-in /4 Push-in F /3 Push-in F-0-74 F-0-76 F-0-77 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) 5/3 Push-in /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in -Way Normally Open Part Number Input Output Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle A--4 A--6 A--7 A--44 A--46 A--47 A--64 A--66 A--67 A--74 A--76 A--77 H--4 H--6 H--7 H--44 H--46 H--47 H--64 H--66 H--67 H--74 H--76 H--77 F--4 F--6 F--7 F--44 F--46 F--47 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in F--64 /8 NPT (F) /4 F--66 Push-in /4 Push-in F--67 5/3 Push-in F--74 F--76 F--77 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) 5/3 Push-in /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in l Refer to Product Number Diagram 8

19 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information 3-Way Normally Closed Part Number Input Output A-30-4 /8 /8 NPT (F) A-30-6 NPT /4 Push-in A /3 Push-in A /8 /8 NPT (F) A NPT /4 Push-in (F) A /3 Push-in A /8 NPT (F) A /4 /4 Push-in Push-in A /3 Push-in A /8 NPT (F) 5/3 A Push-in /4 Push-in A /3 Push-in H-30-4 /8 /8 NPT (F) H-30-6 NPT /4 Push-in H /3 Push-in H /8 /8 NPT (F) H NPT /4 Push-in (F) H /3 Push-in H /8 NPT (F) H /4 /4 Push-in Push-in H /3 Push-in H /8 NPT (F) 5/3 H Push-in /4 Push-in H /3 Push-in F-30-4 /8 /8 NPT (F) F-30-6 NPT /4 Push-in F /3 Push-in F /8 /8 NPT (F) F NPT (F) /4 Push-in F /3 Push-in F /8 NPT (F) /4 F Push-in /4 Push-in F /3 Push-in F /8 NPT (F) 5/3 F Push-in /4 Push-in F /3 Push-in Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle 3-Way Normally Open Part Number Input Output A-3-4 /8 /8 NPT (F) A-3-6 NPT /4 Push-in A-3-7 5/3 Push-in A-3-44 /8 /8 NPT (F) A-3-46 NPT /4 Push-in (F) A /3 Push-in A-3-64 /8 NPT (F) A-3-66 /4 /4 Push-in Push-in A /3 Push-in A-3-74 /8 NPT (F) 5/3 A-3-76 Push-in /4 Push-in A /3 Push-in H-3-4 /8 /8 NPT (F) H-3-6 NPT /4 Push-in H-3-7 5/3 Push-in H-3-44 /8 /8 NPT (F) H-3-46 NPT /4 Push-in (F) H /3 Push-in H-3-64 /8 NPT (F) H-3-66 /4 /4 Push-in Push-in H /3 Push-in H-3-74 /8 NPT (F) 5/3 H-3-76 Push-in /4 Push-in H /3 Push-in F-3-4 /8 /8 NPT (F) F-3-6 NPT /4 Push-in F-3-7 5/3 Push-in F-3-44 /8 /8 NPT (F) F-3-46 NPT (F) /4 Push-in F /3 Push-in F-3-64 /8 NPT (F) /4 F-3-66 Push-in /4 Push-in F /3 Push-in F-3-74 /8 NPT (F) 5/3 F-3-76 Push-in /4 Push-in F /3 Push-in Push Button Detented Toggle Momentary Toggle Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l To order metal push button- use AM as the prefix to indicate metal. l Optional seals available- contact factory. l Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuator specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart). Control Valves & Valve Accessories 9

20 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax The standard Series valve output port swivels to accommodate critical alignment Product Number Diagram Series Valves A-0-4 Actuator A= Push Button AM= Metal Button F= Momentary Toggle Series H= Detented = Series Toggle HM= Metal Detented Toggle Function = -Way 3= 3-Way Example: Nylon push button, Series, -Way, Normally Closed, /8 NPT /0-3 (F) Input Port, /8 (F) Output Position One O= Normally Closed = Normally Open Output Port 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in Input Port = /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in System is a method of consolidating to 0 components with a common pressure source. This custom product is shown with Series valves. 0

21 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax / /3-3 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (M).05 5/3-3 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (M) /8 HEX /8 NPT (F) Push Button Product Actuator Line 5/3 or /4 PI.4.8 X /8 NPT (F).4-4 Porting -6 Porting -7 Porting -44 Porting /8 NPT (F).38 5/3-3 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (M).38 5/3-3 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (M).43 5/3-3 5/8 HEX X /8 NPT (F) 5/3 or /4 PI Toggle Product Actuator Line -4 Porting -6 Porting -7 Porting -44 Porting Control Valves & Valve Accessories /3 or /4 PI.8-46 Porting -47 Porting /3 or /4 PI.8-46 Porting -47 Porting 5/3-3 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (F) 5/3-3 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (F) Porting -74 Porting /8 NPT (F).4-64 Porting -74 Porting 5/3-3 5/8 HEX Ø.6 5/3 or /4 PI 5/3-3 5/8 HEX 5/3 or /4 PI Porting -67 Porting -76 Porting -77 Porting /3 or /4 PI.8-66 Porting -67 Porting -76 Porting -77 Porting 5/3-3 5/8 HEX Ø.6 5/3 or /4 PI 5/3-3 5/8 HEX 5/3 or /4 PI l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice.

22 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Single stem design l Compact size l Four input options l Numerous porting configurations l Fully ported design offers plumbing versatility l Vacuum applications to 6 Hg & 3-Way Valves 00 & 300 Series The 00 & 300 Series valves feature miniature size and a single stem design. The 00 Series valve features /6 barbed porting and is ideal for use as a pilot service device. The 300 Series is available with five porting configurations offering the following: 0-3 (F) Input/Output: Ideal for use as a pilot actuating device and for basic on/off functions Rear Ported: Streamlined profile with side-by-side porting for use in space constrained applications /8 NPT Input: Ideal for direct mounting in a manifold or other machine member Cartridge: Ideal for use in manifold systems and custom applications where space is limited 0-3 (F) Fully ported: Threaded exhaust port can be used in applications to direct and capture exhaust flow- see alternative plumbing options Performance Data Product Temperature Range Operating Pressure -0 o to 60 o F 6 Hg to 5 psi C v Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time Exhaust sec/ in 3 Time Port Port psi sec/ in psi 5 psi 00-0 psi 00 Series Barbed N.C..06 N/A Series Barbed N.O..030 N/A Series 0-3 (F) Input/output.0 N/A Series 0-3 (F) Fully ported Series /8 NPT Input.4 N/A l -Way valves ideal for use in liquid applications compatible with materials of construction C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Actuation Force Actuator Style Port - 00 Series Barbed 300 Series 0-3 input 300 Series Fully ported 0-3 (F) 50 psi 5 psi 50 psi 5 psi 50 psi 5 psi Toggle 6 oz oz 6 oz oz 6 oz oz Ball 9 oz 5 oz 9 oz 5 oz 9 oz 5 oz Push Button 9 oz 5 oz 9 oz 5 oz 9 oz 5 oz Integral Air Pilot psi 40 psi 30 psi 40 psi Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Aluminum/ Anodize, Stainless Steel, Buna-N (optional seals available- contact factory)

23 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax figure A Actuated 3 figure B Unactuated (F) Input/Output Port Options 300 Series Cross Section 3-Way Normally Closed Valve Input Output Exhaust Barbed 06 Barb 06 Barb non-threaded 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) non-threaded Input/Output Rear 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) non-threaded Ported /8 NPT /8 NPT 0-3 (F) non-threaded Input *Cartridge non-threaded non-threaded non-threaded 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Fully Ported 3 3 Fully Ported 0-3 (F) figure A Actuated figure B Unactuated Function In the actuated position (figure A) air flows through port travels around the lower O-ring and flows out port - the upper O-ring seals the passage preventing exhaust flow out of the valve. In the unactuated position (figure B) the lower O-ring seals the flow at port, allowing flow to enter port travel around the upper seal and exhaust to atmosphere through port 3. The 0-3 (F) fully ported valve allows the capture and removal of exhaust flow. (See Plumbing Options for Fully Ported Valves alternative plumbing methods.) Flow Rate (scfm) Flow Rate (scfm) 00 Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) 300 Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) Mounting Method Panel Nominal mounting hole dimension 3/64 Surface MB- or MB-F Mounting Bracket () nuts and () lockwasher provided Control Valves & Valve Accessories *Cartridge valve mounting drawing 3

24 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Stainless Steel 0-3 Fully Ported valve with M5 threads available- contact factory Viton is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers Product Information 00 Series Barbed Valve /6 Tube ID Barb Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed C070 Toggle Detented C0703 Toggle Momentary C0705 Nylon Button C0707 Nylon Ball C07 Metal Toggle Detented C073 Metal Toggle Momentary C075 Metal Button C077 Stainless Steel Ball -Way Normally Open C050 Toggle Detented C0503 Toggle Momentary C0505 Nylon Button C0507 Nylon Ball C05 Metal Toggle Detented C053 Metal Toggle Momentary C055 Metal Button C057 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Closed C060 Toggle Detented C0603 Toggle Momentary C0605 Nylon Button C0607 Nylon Ball C06 Metal Toggle Detented C063 Metal Toggle Momentary C065 Metal Button C067 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Open C040 Toggle Detented C0403 Toggle Momentary C0405 Nylon Button C0407 Nylon Ball C04 Metal Toggle Detented C043 Metal Toggle Momentary C045 Metal Button C047 Stainless Steel Ball 300 Series Standard 0-3 (F) Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed C0300 Toggle Detented C03003 Toggle Momentary C03005 Nylon Button C03007 Nylon Ball C Barb Integral Air Pilot C030 Metal Toggle Detented C0303 Metal Toggle Momentary C0305 Metal Button C0307 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Closed C0300 Toggle Detented C03003 Toggle Momentary C03005 Nylon Button C03007 Nylon Ball C Barb Integral Air Pilot C030 Metal Toggle Detented C0303 Metal Toggle Momentary C0305 Metal Button C0307 Stainless Steel Ball 300 Series Standard 0-3 (F) Part Number -Way Normally Open Operator C03040 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball C0304 Metal Toggle Detented C03043 Metal Toggle Momentary C03045 Metal Button C03047 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Open C03030 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball C0303 Metal Toggle Detented C03033 Metal Toggle Momentary C03035 Metal Button C03037 Stainless Steel Ball 4

25 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information 300 Series Standard Stainless Steel 0-3 (F) Part Number 300 Series Rear Ported 0-3 (F) Part Number Operator -Way Normally Closed C030 Toggle Detented C0303 Toggle Momentary C0305 Nylon Button C0307 Nylon Ball C03 Metal Toggle Detented C033 Metal Toggle Momentary C035 Metal Button C037 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Closed C030 Toggle Detented C0303 Toggle Momentary C0305 Nylon Button C0307 Nylon Ball C03 Metal Toggle Detented C033 Metal Toggle Momentary C035 Metal Button C037 Stainless Steel Ball Operator -Way Normally Closed C0300 Toggle Detented C03003 Toggle Momentary C03005 Nylon Button C03007 Nylon Ball C030 Metal Toggle Detented C0303 Metal Toggle Momentary C0305 Metal Button C0307 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Closed C03090 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball C0309 Metal Toggle Detented C03093 Metal Toggle Momentary C03095 Metal Button C03097 Stainless Steel Ball 300 Series /8 NPT Input Part Number -Way Normally Closed C03070 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball C0307 Metal Toggle Detented C03073 Metal Toggle Momentary C03075 Metal Button C03077 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Closed C03060 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball C0306 Metal Toggle Detented C03063 Metal Toggle Momentary C03065 Metal Button C03067 Stainless Steel Ball 300 Series Cartridge Part Number Operator Operator -Way Normally Closed C0340 Toggle Detented C03403 Toggle Momentary C03405 Nylon Button C03407 Nylon Ball C034 Metal Toggle Detented C0343 Metal Toggle Momentary C0345 Metal Button C0347 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Closed C0330 Toggle Detented C03303 Toggle Momentary C03305 Nylon Button C03307 Nylon Ball C033 Metal Toggle Detented C0333 Metal Toggle Momentary C0335 Metal Button C0337 Stainless Steel Ball 300 Series 0-3 Fully Ported Part Number Operator 3-Way Normally Closed C03050 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball C Barb Integral Air Pilot C03050 Pin C0305 Metal Toggle Detented C03053 Metal Toggle Momentary C03055 Metal Button C03057 Stainless Steel Ball 300 Series 0-3 Fully Ported Stainless Steel 3-Way Normally Closed C0300 Toggle Detented C03003 Toggle Momentary C03005 Nylon Button C03007 Nylon Ball C030 Metal Toggle Detented C0303 Metal Toggle Momentary C0305 Metal Button C0307 Stainless Steel Ball Control Valves & Valve Accessories Look for this symbol next to the part number listing to easily locate stainless steel products. 5

26 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax The threaded exhaust port can be used in applications to direct and capture exhaust flow 00 & 300 Series valves feature miniature size and a single stem design Seals O= Buna-N E= Ethylene Propylene V= Viton *4 Barbed 3WNO *5 Barbed WNO *6 Barbed 3WNC *7 Barbed WNC 30 Standard 3WNC 30 Standard WNC 303 Standard 3WNO 304 Standard WNO 305 Fully Ported 3WNC Product Number Diagram 00 & 300 Series CO60 Style and Function Actuator 0= Detented Nylon Toggle 03= Momentary Nylon Toggle 05= Nylon Button 07= Nylon Ball 09= 06 Barb Integral Air Pilot 0= Pin = Metal Detented Toggle 3= Metal Momentary Toggle 5= Metal Button 7= Stainless Steel Ball 306 /8 NPT Input 3WNC 307 /8 NPT Input WNC 309 Rear Ported 3WNC 30 Rear Ported WNC 30 Fully Ported SS 3WNC 3 Standard SS WNC 3 Standard SS 3WNC 33 Cartridge 3WNC 34 Cartridge WNC Example: 00 Series - Buna N O-rings, 3-Way Normally Closed, with Detented Toggle * 06 barb- recommended for use with /6 ID PUR tubing Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l With Ethylene Propylene O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CE. l With Viton O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CV. l Nylon toggle and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuators specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart). 6

27 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax /3-3 X / /3-3 X / / /6 HEX.5 9/6 HEX.5 9/6 HEX Barbed Ports Normally Closed C060 C0603 C070 C0703 C0605 C065 C0705 C075 C0607 C067 C0707 C /3-3 X / /3-3 X / X /6 5/ /6 HEX.5 9/6 HEX.5 9/6 HEX Barbed Ports Normally Open C040 C0403 C050 C0503 C0405 C045 C0505 C055 C0407 C047 C0507 C057 Control Valves & Valve Accessories X / X / /6 HEX C06 C063 C07 C /6 HEX C04 C043 C05 C053 5/3-3 5/3-3 l Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description l Port 3 is for 3-Way products only l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 7

28 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Standard / / / X 0-3 (F) 9/6 HEX X 0-3 (F) 9/6 HEX X 0-3 (F) 9/6 HEX C0300 C0300 C03030 C03040 C03005 C03005 C C C03007 C03007 C C C03003 C03003 C C C0305 C0305 C03035 C03045 C0307 C0307 C03037 C03047 Standard /3 3 5/3 3 5/ Ø 5/8 Ø 5/8 Ø 5/8 X 0 3 (F) X 0 3 (F) X 0 3 (F) Stainless Steel C030 C0303 C030 C0303 C0305 C035 C0305 C035 C0307 C037 C0307 C Barb /3-3 X 0-3 (F) 9/6 HEX C03009 C /3 3 Ø 5/8 X 0 3 (F) C03 C033 C03 C X 0-3 (F) 9/6 HEX C030 C030 C0303 C0304 C0303 C0303 C03033 C /3-3 l Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description l Port 3 is for 3-Way products only 8

29 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax / / / X 0-3 (F) X 0-3 (F) X 0-3 (F) Rear Ported C03090 C C0300 C03003 C C03095 C03005 C0305 C C03097 C03007 C / / / (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex 9/6 Hex /8 NPT Input C03060 C C03070 C C C03065 C C03075 C C03067 C C03077 Control Valves & Valve Accessories / X 0-3 (F) C0309 C03093 C030 C / (F) 9/6 Hex C0306 C03063 C0307 C03073 l Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description l Port 3 is for 3-Way products only l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 9

30 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Cartridge Ø Ø Ø Ø.4 Ø.4 Ø.4 C0330 C03303 C0340 C03403 C03305 C0335 C03405 C0345 C03307 C0337 C03407 C0347 Fully Ported / / / /6 Hex.80 3X 0-3 (F) 3 9/6 Hex.7 3X 0-3 (F) 3 3X 0-3 (F) 9/6 Hex C03050 C C C03055 C C Ø.43 Ø.4 C033 C0333 C034 C Barb / X 0-3 (F) 3 9/6 Hex C Ø Ø Mounting Options X 0-3 (F) 3 C03050 Retained by head of screw 5/3-3 9/6 Hex Retained by set screw.67 Ø Ø Preferred Method Caution- do NOT over torque retention screw / X 0-3 (F) 3 9/6 Hex C0305 C

31 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Fully Ported Stainless Steel X 0-3 (F).38 3 Ø 5/8 5/ X 0-3 (F) /3-3 Ø 5/ X 0-3 (F) /3-3 Ø 5/8 C0300 C03003 C03005 C0305 C03007 C0307 Control Valves & Valve Accessories X 0-3 (F) 3 C030 C0303 5/3-3 Ø 5/8 l Refer to Product Number Diagram for part number description l Port 3 is for 3-Way products only l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 3

32 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Compact size (.5 OAL) l 4 Porting configurations l High flow l Single stem design l Plumbing versatility l Mounting versatility l Vacuum applications to 6 Hg & 3-Way Valves 400 Series The 400 Series valves offer and 3-Way Normally Closed functions and feature several configurations for plumbing convenience. The /8 NPT (F) Standard Ported valve features /8 NPT female bottom input and side output ports. The exhaust port is non-threaded and is located opposite the output port. The /8 NPT (F) Fully Ported and /8 NPT (F) Side Ported valves feature a threaded exhaust port that can be used in applications to direct and capture exhaust flow. The cartridge valve is ideal for use in manifold systems and custom applications where space is limited. The /8 NPT (F) Rear Ported valve features parallel bottom input and output porting with a streamlined design ideal for use in space constrained applications. Performance Data Temperature Range -0 o to 60 o F Operating Pressure 6 Hg to 5 psi C v l Flow information supplied for flow path -. Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Fill Time sec/ in psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Plumbing Options for Fully Ported Valves Function Port Port Port 3 3-Way N.C. Input Output Exhaust 3-Way N.O. Exhaust Output Input 3-Way Vacuum Input Output Exhaust -Way Diverter Output Input Output -Way Selector Input Output Input -Way Vacuum Output Input N/A Note: Alternative plumbing methods for fully ported valves only. C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Brass, Buna-N (optional seals available - contact factory) 3

33 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax figure A Actuated 400 Series Cross Section 3-Way Normally Closed 3 figure B Unactuated Flow Rate (scfm) 400: Series Flow Rate Input Pressure (psi) Control Valves & Valve Accessories 3 Function In the actuated position (figure A) air flows through port travels around the lower O-ring and out port. The center O-ring seals the passage blocking exhaust flow. In the unactuated position (figure B) the lower O-ring seals port allowing return flow to enter port, travel around the center seal and exhaust to atmosphere through port Series /8 NPT Side Ported Valves Actuation Force Actuator Style 50 psi 5 psi Toggle 3 oz 9 oz Ball 3 / lbs 5 / lbs Port Options Push Button 3 / lbs 5 / lbs Definition /8 NPT Standard /8 NPT Rear Ported /8 NPT Fully Ported /8 NPT Side Ported Port Input /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Port Output /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Port 3 Exhaust *non-threaded *non-threaded /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) * Exhausts to atmosphere 33

34 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Eight standard operators options are available on the 400 Series valves Product Information 400 Series /8 NPT Standard Part Number -Way Normally Closed C0400 Toggle Detented C04003 Toggle Momentary C04005 Nylon Button C04007 Nylon Ball C040 Metal Toggle Detented C0403 Metal Toggle Momentary C0405 Metal Button C0407 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Closed C0400 Toggle Detented C04003 Toggle Momentary C04005 Nylon Button C04007 Nylon Ball Operator C040 Metal Toggle Detented /8 NPT Side Ported Part Number 3-Way Normally Closed C04040 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball C0404 Metal Toggle Detented C04043 Metal Toggle Momentary C04045 Metal Button Operator C04047 Stainless Steel Ball C0403 Metal Toggle Momentary The cartridge valve is ideal for use in manifold systems and custom applications where space is limited C0405 Metal Button C0407 Stainless Steel Ball Mounting Method Panel Surface Nominal mounting hole dimension 3/64 ().0 diam. thru holes () nuts and () lockwasher provided 34

35 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information 400 Series /8 NPT Fully Ported Part Number 3-Way Normally Closed C04050 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball C0405 Metal Toggle Detented C04053 Metal Toggle Momentary C04055 Metal Button C04057 Stainless Steel Ball Cartridge Part Number -Way Normally Closed Operator Operator C04070 Toggle Detented /8 NPT Rear Ported Part Number -Way Normally Closed C0400 Toggle Detented C04003 Toggle Momentary C04005 Nylon Button C04007 Nylon Ball C040 Metal Toggle Detented C0403 Metal Toggle Momentary C0405 Metal Button C0407 Stainless Steel Ball 3-Way Normally Closed C04090 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C Nylon Ball Operator C0409 Metal Toggle Detented Panel mount or surface mount /8 NPT input valves Control Valves & Valve Accessories C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C0407 Metal Toggle Detented C04073 Metal Toggle Momentary C04075 Metal Button 3-Way Normally Closed C04060 Toggle Detented C Toggle Momentary C Nylon Button C0406 Metal Toggle Detented C04063 Metal Toggle Momentary C04065 Metal Button C04093 Metal Toggle Momentary C04095 Metal Button C04097 Stainless Steel Ball The 400 Series valves feature plumbing versatility The /8 NPT Rear Ported valve features parallel porting in a compact design 35

36 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax The 400 Series valves are available in a -Way function featuring several configurations for plumbing convenience. The /8 NPT Side Ported Valve is able to accommodate reverse flow applications- contact factory Seals O= Buna-N E= Ethylene Propylene V= Viton Product Number Diagram 400 Series Style and Function 40= Standard 3WNC 40= Standard WNC 404= Side Ported 3WNC 405= Fully Ported 3WNC 406= Cartridge 3WNC 407= Cartridge WNC 409= Rear Ported 3WNC 40= Rear Ported WNC CO400 Actuator 0= Detented Nylon Toggle 03= Momentary Nylon Toggle 05= Nylon Button 07= Nylon Ball = Metal Detented Toggle 3= Metal Momentary Toggle 5= Metal Button 7= Stainless Steel Ball Example: 400 Series - Buna N O-rings, Standard 3-Way Normally Closed, with Detented Nylon Toggle Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l With Ethylene Propylene O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CE. l With Viton O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CV. l Nylon toggle and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuators specify the color, by code, as a -code suffix following the part number (see color code chart). 36

37 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Line 5/3-3 5/3-3 5/ X Ø.00 /8 NPT Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT Typ Standard C0400 C04003 C0400 C04003 C04005 C0405 C04005 C0405 C04007 C0407 C04007 C0407 Product Line / /3-3 5/ /8 NPT (3X) /8 NPT (3X) Ø.0 (X) 3 /8 NPT (3X) Ø.0 (X) Ø.0 (X) Side Ported C04040 C C C04045 C C04047 Control Valves & Valve Accessories / C040 C0403 C040 C Ø.0 (X) C0404 C Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT 5/3-3 3 /8 NPT (3X) l Port 3 is for 3-Way products only l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 37

38 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Fully Ported.38 5/ / / Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT (3X) Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT (3X) Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT (3X) Product Line C04050 C C C04055 C C04057 Rear Ported /3-3 Ø.0 (X ) /3-3 Ø.0 (X ) 5/ Ø.0 (X ) Typ /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X) /8 NPT (X) Product Line C04090 C C0400 C04003 C C04095 C04005 C0405 C C04097 C04007 C / Ø.0 (X) /8 NPT (3X).93.5 C0405 C /3-3 Ø.0 (X ) /8 NPT (X) C0409 C04093 C040 C0403 l Port 3 is for 3-Way products only l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 38

39 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Way Product Cartridge Line C04060 C C C Way Product Cartridge Line C04070 C C C04075 Control Valves & Valve Accessories C0406 C04063 C0407 C04073 l Contact factory for cavity dimension drawing l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 39

40 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax Features l -Way & 3-Way l Normally Closed or Normally Open l PneuTef plated for longer life l Lubricated and non-lubricated air l High flow rate l Compact size Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves Pneumadyne s new Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves offer a high flow rate in a compact package. Designed for integration in a pneumatic circuit s valve block, these.50 inch and.500 inch orifice valves can be used as either a -Way or 3-Way function (see plumbing options). Our exclusive PneuTef plating process results in a smooth, slippery finish which extends product life and also allows the valves to be used in both lubricated and nonlubricated air applications. Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi Air Plumbing Options Function Port Port Port 3 3-Way N.C. Input Output Exhaust 3-Way N.O. Exhaust Output Input -Way N.C. Input Output omit -Way N.O. omit Output Input Pilot Pressure Ratio Part No. Input Pilot C psi 30 psi min 40 psi+ 80% of Input C psi 0 psi min 30 psi + 70% of Input Materials Body: Aluminum/PneuTef plated Spool: Aluminum/Anodized Seals: Buna-N Spring: Stainless Steel 40

41 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax C50 3X O-RING SEAL 4X. 99 THRU ALL X.50 Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves DEBURR R.05 MAX NOTE: ) For -way applications, omit exhaust port in manfold. ) Decimal tolerances = X 45 EXHAUST OUT IN Product Information Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves Part Number Description C50 Cartridge Valve,.50 in. Orifice C500 Cartridge Valve,.500 in. Orifice Solenoid Valve for Air Pilot Spring Cartridge Valve Body Spool Buna Seals Control Valves & Valve Accessories C Pilot Operated Cartridge Valve shown installed in a custom valve block manufactured by Pneumadyne. 3X O-RING SEAL 4X. 438 THRU ALL NOTE: 3X.500 DEBURR. 03 X 45 CHMF EXHAUST OUT IN R.05 MAX ) For -way applications, omit exhaust port in manifold. ) Decimal tolerances = Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Contact Pneumadyne for custom valve blocks or manifolds for use with the Cartridge Valves. l Cavity drawings available, contact factory. l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 4

42 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Plumbing versatility l Metal actuators l /6 barbs l Precision machined l Robust design & 3-Way Valves Sub-Micro Pneumadyne s Sub-Micro valves offer a higher flow rate than similar subminiature valves in the marketplace. An impressive flow rate of.9 scfm at 5 psi produces a Cv of.04. In addition to accommodating vacuum applications, the versatile design allows these 3-Way valves to be plumbed as normally closed or normally open. Metal actuators enhance the robust design of Pneumadyne s sub-micro valves. The unique design of the detented toggle offers roller ball-like actuation resulting in less wear and longer product life. Flats on the threaded neck ensure that the valve will not rotate when panel mounted. Electroless nickel plating provides corrosion resistance and a pleasing appearance. Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure -0 o to 60 o F 0 Hg vacuum to 5 psi C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Actuation Force Actuator Style Push Button Toggle C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi.04.7 Fill Time sec/ in psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Way Valve 3-Way Valve 50 psi 5 psi 50 psi 5 psi 4 oz 4 oz 4 oz 4 oz 7 oz oz 7 oz oz Plumbing Options for Fully Ported Valves Function Port Port Port 3 3-Way N.C. Exhaust Output Input 3-Way N.O. Input Output Exhaust -Way Diverter Output Input Output -Way Selector Input Output Input Note: For vacuum application, plumb vacuum source at port 3 C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 4

43 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Materials 3X / AMM /6 Hex 3X /6 X /6 X 3/8 Hex 3 HMM X / X 3/8 Hex 5/6 Hex Brass / Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N, Phosphate Mounting Method Nominal panel mounting hole dimension Sub-Micro Valve AMM-0-66 HMM-0-66 Flow Rate (scfm) Sub-Micro Valve Flow Chart 3WNC Input Pressure (psi) Product Information Sub-Micro Valves Part Number -Way Normally Closed AMM-0-66 HMM-0-66 Metal Button 3-Way Normally Closed AMM HMM Operator Toggle Detented Metal Button Toggle Detented Control Valves & Valve Accessories AMM-*0-66 Ø 7/ 64 () nut provided HMM-*0-66 Ø / 64 () nuts provided Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Mounting nuts provided. The Sub-Micro valve features an impressive flow rate of.9 scfm at 5 psi producing a C v of.04 /6 barbs recommended for use with /6 ID PUR tubing 43

44 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax Features l /8 NPT (F) ports l Heavy duty toggle available l -Way or 3-Way function l Detented & Momentary actuation l Panel or surface mount l Anodized for corrosion resistance & 3-Way Valves -Position Toggle Pneumadyne s new -Position Valves are ideal for use in rugged applications. The combination of the solid aluminum body and stainless steel toggle provides the strength needed to withstand harsh conditions. These -Way and 3-Way valves feature /8 NPT (F) ports and provide a flow rate of 4 scfm at 5 psi. Both detented and momentary toggles are offered to fit actuation requirements. For extreme environments, heavy duty toggles are also available (-HD option). -Position Toggle valves shown with Heavy Duty actuator for use in extreme environments. Standard detented and momentary toggles differ in appearance. -Position Valve Performance Data Temperature Range C040X & C0430X Materials Operating Pressure Media -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi Compatible w/ seals Product C v Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in 3 50 psi 5 psi 0-90 psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Aluminum/Anodize, Brass/Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N (other seals available contact factory) Actuation Force Pressure -Way 3-Way 50 psi 7 oz 7 oz 5 psi 7-/ lbs 7-/ lbs Mounting Method Panel Nominal hole dimension 5/3 () nuts provided Surface ().9 diam. thru holes 44

45 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax C0430x-HD Exhaust Port /8 NPT Output /8 NPT Input 3/ Position Valve 0.0 mounting nuts provided Ø.90 Thru Product Information 400 Series -Position Toggle Valve Part Number Porting Actuation* -Way Normally Closed C040 /8 NPT (F) Det C0403 /8 NPT (F) Mom (Heavy Duty Toggle) C040-HD /8 NPT (F) Det C0403-HD /8 NPT (F) Mom 3-Way Normally Closed C0430 /8 NPT (F) Det C04303 /8 NPT (F) Mom (Heavy Duty Toggle) C0430-HD /8 NPT (F) Det C04303-HD /8 NPT (F) Mom *Det= Detented *Mom= Momentary Control Valves & Valve Accessories 3-Way valves exhaust to atmosphere l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Accessory Part Number Description PPB-3/4 Silicone protective boot for use with momentary style -Position Toggle Valves Only Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l With Buna-N O-ring seal, part number listed in chart. l With Ethylene Propylene O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CE. l With Viton O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CV. -Position toggle valve shown with Heavy Duty toggle style (at left) and with Silicone Protective Boot (sold separately) installed (at right) 45

46 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Maximum flow rate for miniature valve line l Dual function l Mounting versatility l Push-to-connect fittings available l Available with /8 NPT or /4 NPT porting & 3-Way Valves 3-Position Toggle The 3-Position Toggle Valve offers the highest flow rate of the Pneumadyne valve line. This dual function product contains two valves in one body with a common input and common exhaust. The -Way high flow valves (C04803 & C04903) feature a red anodized body for easy identification. The smaller electroless nickel version (C0440X) is ideal in limited space applications. Performance Data Product C0440X C0450X C0460X C0480X C0490X Temperature Range Flow Path - - -/ - Operating Pressure 0 to 5 psi 0 to 50 psi C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi -0 o to60 o F Fill Time sec/ in psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Caution: ONLY High Flow version can be plumbed with input at Port. C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Actuation Force Product -Way Valve 3-Way Valve 50 psi 5 psi 50 psi 5 psi C0440X N/A N/A 56 oz 7 oz C0450X & C0460X 7 oz 7-/ lbs 7 oz 7-/ lbs C0480X & C0490X 64 oz 84 oz N/A N/A 3-Position toggle valve shown with Heavy Duty Toggle style (at left) and with Silicone Protective Boot (sold separately) installed (at right) Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N (other seals available contact factory) 46

47 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Position Toggle Cross Section 3-Way Normally Closed figure A Exhaust Port figure B Flow Rate (scfm) Position Toggle Flow Chart C0450X & C0460X Input Pressure (psi) Control Valves & Valve Accessories Function When the toggle is centered in the -Way configuration all ports are blocked, in the 3-Way configuration both output ports are open to exhaust. Port Options Port Input l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) 3-Position toggle valve (C04403) features a black anodized body for corrosion and wear resistance. Port Output l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) Exhaust non-threaded (3-Way exhausts to atmosphere) Mounting Method C0440X Panel Surface Hardware Nominal hole dimension /3 ().0 diam. thru holes () nuts provided The 3-Position Toggle Valve offers the highest flow rate of the Pneumadyne valve line C0450X C0460X C0480X C0490X Nominal hole dimension 5/3 ().0 diam. thru holes () nuts provided 47

48 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information 400 Series 3-Position Toggle Valve Part Number Porting Actuation -Way (Standard) C0460 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0460 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C04603 /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom -Way (High Flow) C0480 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0480 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C04803 /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom C0490 /4 NPT (F) Det/ Det C04903 /4 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom -Way (Heavy Duty Toggle) C0460-HD /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0460-HD /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C04603-HD /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom 3-Way (Mini) C0440 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0440 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C04403 /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom 3-Way (Standard) C0450 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det Application Idea Dual Function Use: Compressor Airbag Exhaust -Way High Flow C04803 & C04903 Flow Path - l Inflate and deflate an air bag lift device (shown above) l Dual pressure selector 3-Way Standard C0450X Flow Path - (not shown) l Can be used in 4-Way applications (open center) to extend and retract cylinders l Pneumatic pilot control on a hydraulic valve C0450 /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C04503 /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom 3-Way ( (Heavy Duty Toggle) C0450-HD /8 NPT (F) Det/ Det C0450-HD /8 NPT (F) Det/ Mom C04503-HD /8 NPT (F) Mom/ Mom Accessory Part Number Description PPB-3/4 Silicone protective boot for use with momentary style 3-Position Toggle Valves Only Ordering Information l With Buna-N O-ring seal, part number listed in chart. l With Ethylene Propylene O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CE. l With Viton O-ring seal, change the CO in the part number to CV. 48

49 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Mini C0440X /4 NPT C0490X 3-Position Toggle The smaller electroless nickel version (C0440X) is ideal in limited space applications. Control Valves & Valve Accessories /8 NPT /8, 5/3, and /4 push-to-connect fittings available C0450X C0460X C0480X l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 49

50 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l 6-positions l Common input l Detented knob l Two styles of actuation l Black anodized for corrosion resistance l Panel mount l 0-3 (F) ports 6-Position Selector Valve Selector Valves allow the actuation of up to six individual circuits from a common input port. Two styles of valves, Standard and Shut-off, are available to accommodate application requirements. Performance Data Product MPS-6-00 Temperature Operating Pressure Range -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Fill Time sec/ in psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi The Standard Selector Valve directs flow through each output port as the knob is turned. The Shut-off Selector Valve requires the knob to be pushed-in and turned, blocking flow to the output ports until a position is selected. These 3-Way valves exhaust to atmosphere upon selection of a new output port. A spring-loaded wear compensating seat retains a tight fit ensuring that the valve will not leak with wear. Pneumadyne s O-ring style and Push-to-Connect fittings are ideal for use in the 0-3 (F) input and output ports. MPS-6-00-S C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Materials Aluminum/Anodize, Brass/Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N, Acetal Copolymer, PTFE, Phenolic Pneumadyne s Selector Valves allow the actuation of up to six individual circuits 50

51 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax MPS-6-00 MPS-6-00-S 6-Position Selector Standard Products Ideal for use with Selector Valves Flow Rate (scfm) Product Information Part Number MPS-6-00 MPS-6-00-S 6-Position Selector Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) MPS-6-00 MPS-6-00-S Description Standard Actuation Shut-off Actuation Control Valves & Valve Accessories 6-Position Selector Label (included) O-ring Barb Fittings & Plugs (sold separately) l dial label is included for use as a visual guide on a panel. Knob alignment: the set screw must be aligned with the flat on the stem. l Unused output ports can be plugged with SPG-0 l Reliability of a metal-to-metal mechanical fit l Captured O-ring for superior seal l Precision machined barb design l Electroless nickel plated brass Mounting Method Panel () nuts provided Nominal mounting hole dimension 4/64 Push-to-Connect Fittings (sold separately) Product No. SF-5PI SF-56PI l Push-to-Connect: /8 or 5/3 OD PU tube l Collet design ensures superior clamping with various types of tubing l Electroless nickel plated brass Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Contact factory for custom configurations. 5

52 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l 4-Way position function l Balanced spool design (45 Series) l Heavy duty toggle available l Panel or surface mount l Push-to-connect fittings available 4-Way Valves 4 & 45 Series 4-Way valves are one of the most commonly used pneumatic components for directional control. A 4-Way has four distinct flow paths within the valve and is commonly used to cause reversible motion of a cylinder or motor. Pneumadyne manufactures two complete series of 4-Way valves featuring multiple actuator and porting options. The 4 Series valves feature five actuator options including a specially designed Heavy Duty Toggle for use in rugged applications. The 45 Series valves feature higher flow rates and a balanced spool allowing the use of threaded exhaust ports to direct and capture exhaust flow. In addition to the standard toggles and buttons, a Double Push Button (- DP) has been added to accommodate circuitry requirements. The Double Push Button is most commonly used in conjunction with air pilot operators. This combination allows two different pneumatic signals to actuate the valve and direct air flow. For plumbing convenience, push-toconnect fittings are also available. Performance Data Temperature Range Port Options Definition Port Input Operating Pressure 45 Series (F) 45 Series /8 NPT (F) 4 Series Port, 4 Output Media -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi Compatible w/ seals Product C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 C v Flow Rate (scfm) Fill Time sec/ in 3 50 psi 5 psi 0-90 psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Port 3, 5 Exhaust 45 Series 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 45 Series /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) 4 Series l (x3) 0-3 (F) l (x3) /4 PI non-threaded l (x3) 5/3 PI l (x3) /8 PI NOT TO BE l (x3) /8 NPT (F) RESTRICTED Note: If the valve is used to select between two different pressures, the higher pressure must flow between ports 4 and 5, the lower pressure between port and 3. 5

53 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax figure A figure B 4 Series Cross Section 4-Way -Position Flow Rate (scfm) Flow Rate (scfm) 45 Series: /8 NPT (F) Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) Control Valves & Valve Accessories Function In the example above (figure A) flow is directed through port to port 4 as port exhausts to atmosphere through port 3. In figure B the spool is reversed and the flow is directed through port to as port 4 exhausts to atmosphere through port 5. Actuation Force Actuator Style 45 Series: 0-3 (F) 45 Series: /8 NPT (F) 4 Series 50 psi 5 psi 50 psi 5 psi 50 psi 5 psi Nylon Toggle 6 oz 6 oz 6 oz 0 oz N/A N/A Metal Toggle 3 oz 3 oz 3 oz 6 oz 6 oz 6 oz Push Button 5 lbs 8 lbs 5 lbs 8 lbs 3 lbs 3 lbs Double Push 6 oz 3 lbs 6 oz 3 lbs oz oz Button Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Nickel, Buna-N (other seals available - contact factory) Mounting Method Series 45 Series 0-3 (F) 45 Series /8 NPT (F) 4 Series 4 Series Heavy Duty Toggle Panel 3/64 3/64 3/64 /3 Surface MB- or MB-F (3).4 diam. thru holes ().0 diam. thru holes ().0 diam. thru holes 53

54 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Series valve with Heavy Duty Toggle and push-to-connect fittings Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Optional seals- contact factory. l Spring Bias function available to custom orders. l Push/Pull Knob (PK) now available in red. To order add a -3 suffix to the part number. l Nylon toggles and push buttons are available in seven colors with black as standard. To order colored actuators specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number (see color code chart). Actuator A= Push Button H= Heavy Duty Detent Toggle F= Heavy Duty Momentary Toggle Series 4= 4 Series Finish C= Black Anodize N= Electroless Nickel (0-3 Only) Product Number Diagram 4 Series A 4 C D P Port Options 00= 0-3 (F) 5= /8 Push-in 56= 5/3 Push-in 50= /4 Push-in /8= /8 NPT (F) Actuator Style DP= Double Push DT= Toggle Detent PK= Push/Pull Knob SR= Spring Return Example: 4 Series, Aluminum/ Black Anodize, 0-3 (F) ports, Double Push Button AP45-00-SR Actuator AP= Push Button AM= Metal Button FP= Momentary Series Toggle 45= 45 Series HP= Detented Toggle HM= Metal Detented Toggle 45 Series Port Options 00= 0-3 (F) /8= /8 NPT (F) Actuator Style DP= Double Push DT= Detented SR= Spring Return Example: 45 Series, Nylon Button, 0-3 Fully Ported, Spring Return l Please use Product Number Diagram to interpret part numbers (do not attempt to build part numbers) see Product Information for part number listing. 54

55 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information 4 Series Standard 4-Way 3 Port Position Porting Part Number Actuator 0-3 (F) /8 Push-in /8 NPT (F) 5/3 Push-in A4C-00-DP A4C-00-PK A4C-00-SR A4N-00-DP A4N-00-PK A4N-00-SR F4C-00-SR F4N-00-SR H4C-00-DT H4N-00-DT A4C-/8-DP A4C-/8-PK A4C-/8-SR F4C-/8-SR H4C-/8-DT A4C-5-DP A4C-5-PK A4C-5-SR F4C-5-SR H4C-5-DT A4C-56-DP A4C-56-PK A4C-56-SR F4C-56-SR H4C-56-DT Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Double Push Button- ENI Push/Pull Knob- ENI Button w/ Spring Return- ENI Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom- ENI Heavy Duty Toggle-Det Heavy Duty Toggle- Det Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Heavy Duty Toggle- Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Det Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Det Double Push Button Push/Pull Knob Button w/ Spring Return Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom Heavy Duty Toggle-Det 4 Series Standard 4-Way 3 Port Position Porting Part Number Actuator A4C-50-DP Double Push Button A4C-50-PK Push/Pull Knob A4C-50-SR Button w/ Spring Return F4C-50-SR Heavy Duty Toggle-Mom H4C-50-DT Heavy Duty Toggle-Det /4 Push-in 45 Series 0-3 (F) Fully Ported 4-Way 5 Port Positions Porting Part Number Actuator 0-3 (F) AP45-00-DP Double Push Button AP45-00-SR Nylon Button AM45-00-SR Metal Button FP45-00-SR Nylon Tog Mom HP45-00-DT Nylon Tog Det HM45-00-DT Metal Tog Det 45 Series /8 NPT (F) Fully Ported 4-Way 5 Port Positions Porting Part Number Actuator AP45-/8-DP Double Push Button AP45-/8-SR Nylon Button /8 NPT (F) AM45-/8-SR Metal Button FP45-/8-SR HP45-/8-DT Nylon Tog Mom Nylon Tog Det HM45-/8-DT Metal Tog Det 45 series valves are also available with /8, 5/3, /4 and push-toconnect fittings Control Valves & Valve Accessories 55

56 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Series 4 Series 5/ /3-3 Thd.69 3X 0-3 (F) X /8 PI x.34 5/3 PI x.34 /4 PI x.55 Spring Return A4C-00-SR A4N-00-SR Spring Return A4C-5-SR A4C-56-SR A4C-50-SR.6.6 5/3 3 5/ X 0 3 (F) Push/Pull Knob A4C-00-PK A4N-00-PK Push/Pull Knob A4C-5-PK A4C-56-PK A4C-50-PK 3X /8 PI x.34 5/3 PI x.34 /4 PI x X 0-3 (F).5 5/ Double Push Button A4C-00-DP A4N-00-DP / Double Push Button A4C-5-DP A4C-56-DP A4C-50-DP X /8 PI x.34 5/3 PI x.34 /4 PI x.55 56

57 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax /8-3 5/8-3 3X 0-3 (F) Ø.0 (X).5 /8 NPT Input and Output Port X /8 PI x.34 5/3 PI x.34 /4 PI x.55 Exhaust Ports Not Threaded Series Heavy Duty Toggle H4C-00-DT H4N-00-DT F4C-00-SR Heavy Duty Toggle H4C-5-DT H4C-56-DT H4C-50-DT F4C-5-SR F4C-56-SR F4C-50-SR Heavy Duty Toggle F4C-/8-SR H4C-/8-DT Control Valves & Valve Accessories 5/8-3 X Ø /8 NPT Input and Output Port Exhaust Ports Not Threaded Double Push Button A4C-/8-DP 5/3-3 Thread X Ø /8 NPT Input and Output Port Exhaust Ports Not Threaded.63 5/3-3 Thread X Ø Spring Return A4C-/8-SR l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 57

58 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Series 45 Series /3-3 THD 5X /8 NPT X Ø FP45-/8-SR HP45-/8-DT Ø.4 (3X) 5/3-3 Thd X /8 NPT HM45-/8-DT.9.9 5/3-3 THD 5/3-3 THD X /8 NPT 3X Ø.4.94 AP45-/8-SR AM45-/8-SR.94 5X /8 NPT 3X Ø.4 AP45-/8-DP l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 58

59 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax /3-3 Thd /3-3 Thd Series FP45-00-SR HP45-00-DT 0-3 Ports.68 Ø.75 AP45-00-SR AM45-00-SR 0-3 Ports.68 Ø.75 Control Valves & Valve Accessories HM45-00-DT Ø /3-3 Thd 0-3 Ports AP45-00-DP Ø Ports 5/3-3 Thd 59

60 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Space Saving l Variety of components on single pressure source l Precision manufacturing ensures consistent valve centers l Accessories available to enhance operation System Valve Consolidation System is a method of consolidating to 0 components with a common pressure source. Components available for placement on the System manifold include Series Regulators, Series Valves ( A style recommended) and Series Needle Valves. All products feature swivel output porting for alignment convenience. Panel Knob Performance Information To avoid a starved system input supply should exceed total output demand. Mounting Methods Knurled Knob Locknut Micro Gauge The System manifold can be panel mounted or surface mounted. For panel mounting all components must be the same height. Exact center-to-center spacing makes it easy to predrill and insert the System components through the panel and tighten down. For surface mounting to a machine member use either of the two sets of mounting holes provided. Optional Accessories Products available to enhance the operation of the System include: l Air Pilot Operator l Micro Gauges l Thumb Operator l Armored Push Button Operator See pgs for additional information. Ordering Information All System assemblies are designed per order. Contact the factory for technical support regarding system requirements and to determine product configuration and part number.. Select component requirements.. Determine the sequence for component placement. 3. The quantity of manifold stations is determined by #. 4. Select optional accessories. All System assemblies are assembled at the factory (System manifolds are not sold separately). For component information refer to standard catalog information. 60

61 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information Series Regulators Part Number Output Relieving Knurled Knob Panel Knob R-RK-4 R-RK-6 R-RK-7 R-RP-4 R-RP-6 R-RP-7 Non-Relieving Knurled Knob Panel Knob PNV-4 PNV-6 PNV-7 R-NK-4 R-NK-6 R-NK-7 R-NP-4 R-NP-6 R-NP-7 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5-3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5-3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5-3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5-3 Push-in Series Needle Valves Part Number Series Valves Part Number -Way Normally Closed Output /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5-3 Push-in Output *-0-4 /8 NPT (F) *-0-6 /4 Push-in * Push-in -Way Normally Open *--4 /8 NPT (F) *--6 /4 Push-in * Push-in 3-Way Normally Closed *-30-4 /8 NPT (F) *-30-6 /4 Push-in * Push-in 3-Way Normally Open *-3-4 /8 NPT (F) *-3-6 /4 Push-in * Push-in To indicate actuator selection replace the "*" in the above Part Number with one of the following: A= Push Button F= Momentary Toggle H= Detented Toggle Series Regulator Micro Gauge w/ extended port housing Series Needle Valve mounted on manifold System Manifold System Manifold TYP. Number Mounting OAL of Stations Dimension A B M M M M M M M M M All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise specified. A B X Ø.5 System.5 TYP. Series Regulator mounted on manifold Series Valve mounted on manifold The System components are modified for use only on the System manifold For additional component information and performance data please refer to standard product sections System manifolds feature /4 NPT (F) input ports Control Valves & Valve Accessories 6

62 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Rugged design l Several styles in an assortment of colors l Oil and water tight l 30 mm diameter l Panel mount l Matches electrical controls l For use with Pneumadyne push button valves Oil Tight Operators Pneumadyne s offering of Oil Tight Operators provides a selection of push buttons in flush, raised and mushroom styles as well as key, knob and lever operators. All operators offer easy actuation and several are available in assorted colors, useful in coding control panels. KEY-30 Key Lock Operator SMB-30-* Shrouded Mushroom SEL-30*- Position Knob FPB-30-* Flush Push Button AOT Adapter Product Information Size 30 Part Description Available Valve Lock Number Color Washer Req. FPB-30-* Flush Push Button,3,4,5,6 KEY-30 Key Lock Push-in and turn clockwise to lock, turn counterclockwise to unlock. Key removable in both positions. TL-30- Toggle Lever RPB-30-* Raised Push Button MPB-30-* Mushroom Push Button,3,5 PP-30-* Push-Pull Button PMH-30-* Palm Mushroom Button MPB-30-* Mushroom Push Button The rugged design is oil and water tight, ensuring that liquids will not leak behind the operator and into your panel. Oil Tight Operators can be used with Pneumadyne s push button style valves. The AOT Adapter is required to install the operator on to the valve. PMH-30-* Palm Mushroom Button,3,5 PP-30-* Push-Pull Button,3,5 RPB-30-* Raised Push Button,3,4,5,6,7 SEL-30- Position Knob Selector-Det l SEL-30- Position Knob Selector-Mom l SMB-30-* Shrouded Mushroom Button,3 TL-30- Toggle Lever - Detented l AOT Oil Tight Adapter Pneumadyne custom designs products for use in definite purpose applications * Use color code to indicate color selection not all colors are available to all actuators see Available Color for possible selections = Black 4= Blue 6=Yellow 3= Red 5= Green 7= Orange l These styles require installation of a lockwasher on the valve neck before fixing the valve to the oil tight adapter. 6

63 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Typical Oil Tight Operator with Valve installed Ø -3/6 (30 mm) Standard hole dimensions for Pneumadyne Oil Tight Operator A Oil Tight Operator B C Lockwasher when required Button style Pneumadyne valve l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. AOT Oil Tight Operators Size 30 Part Dimensions Number A B C FPB-30-* KEY MPB-30-* PMH-30-* PP-30-* RPB-30-* SEL SEL SMB-30-* TL-30-* Oil Tight Adapter Control Valves & Valve Accessories X Ø.8 Part Number: AOT Mounting screws included ( each) Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l All parts sold separately. l Two keys are provided with the Key Lock Operator. The Oil Tight Operators can be used with most Pneumadyne directional control valves 63

64 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features Accessories to customize and enhance our standard product line are sold separately l Operators: Armored button Ball Operator Air Pilot Shrouded Button Operator Heavy Duty Operator l Mounting Brackets l Dress Plates l Micro Gauge Ø.55. Foot Pedal Cam Operators Thumb Operator Valve Accessories Ball Operators 9/6 HEX.86 5/3-3 Note: One 5/64 thick locknut (provided) is required when installed without a mounting bracket. Designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves (5/3-3 Thd). A captured stainless steel ball bearing has direct contact with the valve button. (Not for use on 4 Series valves) Product Information Part Max. Mounting Number Stroke BA-. 5/3-3 (F) l Refer to Force to Actuate chart for actuation information. Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel External Air Pilot Operators A 9/6 HEX 5/3-3 Designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves (5/3-3 Thd) and available in two port sizes. A brass piston and Buna-N cup seal ensure consistent leakproof actuation (the valve returns the piston). Ideal for remote actuation of valves using a pneumatic signal. Ø.55 Product Information.3 Part Number Air Pilot Port A Mounting AP- 0-3 (F) 5/3-3 (F) Note: One 5/64 thick locknut (provided) is required when installed without a mounting bracket. AP- /8 NPT (F) 5/3-3 (F) l Refer to Force to Actuate chart for actuation information. Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N 64

65 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Designed for use with Pneumadyne push button valves. The design of the internal piston in conjunction with a low friction u-cup minimizes drag allowing faster valve actuation. 0-3 (F) pilot port for use with Pneumadyne o-ring style barb and push-to connect fittings. Product Information Part Number Part Number APLP- l Refer to Force to Actuate chart for actuation information. Mounting 5/3-3 (F) Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Aluminum/ Electroless Nickel, Aluminum, Buna-N Designed for use with Pneumadyne push button valves, the Shrouded Button provides a larger tactile surface for actuation. Available in three colors. Replace the X in the part number with the desired color code number. Product Information Mounting Description PBF-X 5/3-3 (F) Flush PBR-X 5/3-3 (F) Raised l Refer to Force to Actuate chart for actuation information. Materials Aluminum/ Anodize, Aluminum/ Electroless Nickel, Brass Standard Available Color = Black 3= Red 5= Green Low Pressure Air Pilot Operator Note: One 5/64 thick locknut (provided) is required when installed without a mounting bracket. Shrouded Button Operator Note: One 5/64 thick locknut (provided) is required when installed without a mounting bracket. l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Control Valves & Valve Accessories 65

66 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Heavy Duty Operator " diam. X 7/8 Hex 3/4-6 Panel Mount Thd. 5/3-3 (F) Foot, Hand, Knee Operator The heavy duty operator is designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves and is available in push and push-to-lock styles. Ideal for heavy duty industrial use. Product Information Part Number Style Max Stroke HDO Push.35 3/4 HDOL Push-to-Lock.35 3/4 l Refer to Force to Actuate chart for actuation information. Stroke ratio defined in glossary (pg 5) Mounting Holes Materials Aluminum/ Black Anodize, Brass, Steel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel/ Zinc Designed for use with Pneumadyne O, and 300 Series valves. An adhesive backed thick rubber pad is riveted to the steel pedal for skid resistance and comfort. (Not for use on 4 or 45 /8 NPT Series valves) 3.56 Product Information Part Number Max. Stroke FPA Approximately.0 l Refer to Force to Actuate chart for actuation information. Materials Steel/ Dichromate, Stainless Steel, Aluminum, Brass, Buna-N Locknut Mounting Hole Spacer One locknut and designated spacer are required for installation (locknut supplied with valve) 66

67 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves and available in three styles. All are manufactured from steel with electro nickel plating. The roller is manufactured from durable acetal plastic. All cams feature a unique acetal pad which minimizes side load and virtually eliminates wear. (Not for use on 4 Series valves) Product Information Part Number Stroke Ratio CA-. 3/64 CA-.5 3/64 CA-4 6 3/64 l Refer to Force to Actuate chart for actuation information. Stroke ratio defined in glossary (pg 5) Mounting Holes Must be installed with a mounting bracket MB- or MB-F, or 5/64 thick nut (supplied with valve). Materials Steel/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel CA-4.53 /8 Ø / ROLLER 3 /4 Cam Operators Ø / ROLLER 3/6 STROKE /6 MAX 7/8 MIN 5/64 BRACKET (REF.) 0 3/6 STROKE 7/8 MAX 5/64 BRACKET (REF.) CA- CA- Ø / ROLLER / STROKE 3/3 MAX 5/3 MIN Control Valves & Valve Accessories 5/64 BRACKET (REF.) Thumb Operators Designed for use on Pneumadyne push button valves to provide greater tactile surface and reduce operator fatigue. Features a unique acetal pad which minimizes side load and virtually eliminates wear. (Not for use on 4 Series valves) Product Information Part Number Stroke Ratio Mounting Holes TA-.7 3/64.53 TA STROKE.5 l Refer to Force to Actuate chart for actuation information. Stroke ratio defined in glossary (pg 5) Materials Steel/ Electroless Nickel, Acetal, Stainless Steel l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. l To prevent pre-stroking All cam operators must be installed with a mounting bracket, MB- or MB-F or 5/64 thick nut (supplied with the valve). 67

68 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Force to Actuate Pneumadyne Product Line Force to Actuate Valve Accessory Part Number AB- AP- APLP- BA- CA- CA- CA-4 FPA HDO PBF-X TA- AB- AP- PBR-X Lbs psi psi Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs Lbs O Series; NO 50 psi psi O Series; NC 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series; NO 50 psi psi Series; NC 50 psi Series 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Series 50 psi psi Dress Plate 5/3-3 Dress plates are manufactured from aluminum and are either black anodized or electroless nickel plated for appearance and corrosion resistance. To provide a finished look first install the dress plate on the valve then tighten from behind the control panel. Ø.66 5/8 HEX.9 Product Information Part Thread Finish Number DP- 5/3-3 Black Anodize DP- 5/3-3 Electroless Nickel DP- DP- Materials Aluminum/ Black Anodize or Aluminum/ Electroless Nickel 68

69 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax The flat and angled mounting brackets are manufactured from steel and provide a convenient method for mounting valves to a machine member. Product Information Part Number MB- MB-F Materials Steel/ Electro Nickel Description 90 0 angle bracket flat bracket * One locknut and washer required to secure mounting bracket against valve shoulder. Ø 3/64 R /3 Ø 3/64 R /3 Mounting Brackets 7/8-9/64 3/8-3/3 3/8 5/8 / 45/64 / /3 SLOT.078 3/64 SLOT (X) /4 (X) MB angle mounting bracket 3/64 SLOT (X) /3 SLOT MB-F Flat mounting bracket 3/8 /4 (X) Micro Gauge Control Valves & Valve Accessories Ideal for space constrained applications that require separate pressure readings. The micro gauge is easily installed using the /8 NPT male thread. The micro gauge can be mounted on the Pneumadyne Series regulators with an extended gauge port, providing a point of use pressure indicator. 9/6 /8 NPT 9/3 Product Information Part Number PMG-60 PMG-00 PMG-60 Pressure Range 0-60 psi 0-00 psi 0-60 psi Temp. Range F to 50 0 F Repeatability Accuracy +/-% +/- 5% Full Scale Mounting /8 NPT (M) Hex 9/6 35/64 43/64 5/64 l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Materials Bourdon Tube: Spiral Beryllium copper, soft soldered to socket Pointer: Red painted brass Dial: White/ Aluminum with black scale Window: Polycarbonate Fill: Dry Case: Black ABS plastic 69

70 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Multiple porting options including push-to-connect fittings l Space saving l Long service life l Low cracking pressure l Porting versatilityeliminates excess fitting requirements Shuttle Valves Shuttle valves, also known as OR valves, automatically select the higher of two pressures allowing flow from one input to the output port. Pneumadyne offers a large variety of porting options for plumbing convenience. The SSV-0A Series features barbed ports and Pneumadyne s popular 0-3 thread with captured o-ring seal. These miniature shuttle valves are ideal for applications with limited space. The SV Series shuttle valves feature /8 NPT (F) threads and push-to-connect ports which contribute to higher flow rates. Push-to-connect ports also reduce installation time by a minimum of 40% and eliminate the need for additional fittings. Performance Data Product Prefix SSV-0A SV Temperature Range -0 o to 60 o F -0 o to 60 o F C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Porting Options Valve Port A Input Port B Input Port C Output l 06 Barb l 0 Barb l 06 Barb l 0 Barb l 06 Barb l 0 Barb l 70 Barb SSV-0A-xxx Operating C v Flow Rate (scfm) Cracking Pressure Pressure 50 psi 5 psi 0 to 5 psi less than.0 psi 0 to 5 psi less than.0 psi l 70 Barb l 0-3 (F) l 70 Barb l 0-3 (F) l 0-3 (F) l 0-3 (M) l 0-3 Adj. (M) l See Product Number Diagram SV-xxx-xx l /8 NPT (F) l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in l /8 NPT (F) l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in l /8 NPT (F) l /8 NPT l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in Materials SSV-0A- Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N SV- Aluminum/ Anodize, Buna-N, Acetal, Brass/ Electroless Nickel 70

71 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Shuttle Valve Cross Section SSV-0A-MFF SV-/4PI-66 A C A B C B Flow Rate (scfm) Flow Rate (scfm) SSV-0A Series Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) SV- Series Flow Chart Control Valves & Valve Accessories Input Pressure (psi) Function As pressure is applied to ports A & B, the higher of the two input pressures shifts the metal core blocking the other input port and allowing flow out port C. Built-in port connectors, including push-to-connect fittings, reduce installation time by a minimum of 40% 7

72 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information SSV-0A-xxx Part Number Output x Input /Input SSV-0A-ABB 0-3 Adj x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-ABC 0-3 Adj x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-ABD 0-3 Adj x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-ABF 0-3 Adj x 06 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-ACC 0-3 Adj x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-ACF 0-3 Adj x 70 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-ADC 0-3 Adj x 0 / 70 SSV-0A-ADD 0-3 Adj x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-AFD 0-3 Adj x 0-3 F / 0 SSV-0A-AFF 0-3 Adj x 0-3 F/ 0-3F SSV-0A-BBB 06 x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-BBC 06 x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-BBD 06 x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-BBF 06 x 06 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-BCC 06 x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-BCD 06 x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-BCF 06 x 70 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-BDD 06 x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-BDF 06 x 0 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-BFF 06 x 0-3 F / 0-3 F SSV-0A-CBB 70 x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-CBC 70 x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-CBD 70 x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-CBF 70 x 06 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-CCC 70 x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-CCD 70 x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-CCF 70 x 70 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-CDD 70 x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-CDF 70 x 0 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-CFF 70 x 0-3 F / 0-3 F SSV-0A-DBB 0 x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-DBC 0 x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-DBD 0 x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-DBF 0 x 06 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-DCC 0 x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-DCD 0 x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-DCF 0 x 70 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-DDD 0 x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-DDF 0 x 0 / 0-3 F SSV-0A-DFF 0 x 0-3 F / 0-3 F SSV-0A-FBB 0-3 F x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-FBC 0-3 F x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-FBD 0-3 F x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-FCC 0-3 F x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-FCD 0-3 F x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-FDD 0-3 F x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-FFB 0-3 F x 0-3 F / 06 SSV-0A-FFC 0-3 F x 0-3 F / 70 SSV-0A-FFD 0-3 F x 0-3 F / 0 SSV-0A-FFF 0-3 F x 0-3 F / 0-3 F Type SSV= Shuttle Valve Product Number Diagram Shuttle Valves S S V - 0 A - F F B Series 0A Type SV= Shuttle Valve Output Port A= Adj 0-3 (M) B= /6 Barb C= 70 Barb D= 5/64 Barb F= 0-3 (F) M= 0-3 (M) SV-5-46 Output Port 5= /8 NPT (F) /4 PI= /4 Push-in 5/3 PI= 5/3 Push-in = /8 NPT Input Ports B= 06 Barb C= 70 Barb D= 0 Barb F= 0-3 (F) Input Ports 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in Tubing Recommendations: l 06 barb for use with /6 ID Polyurethane Tubing l 70 barb for use with 70 ID Polyethylene or.70 Polyurethane l 0 barb for use with 7/64 ID Nylon or 5/64 ID Polyurethane SSV-0A-xxx Part Number Output x Input /Input SSV-0A-MBB 0-3 x 06 / 06 SSV-0A-MBC 0-3 x 06 / 70 SSV-0A-MBD 0-3 x 06 / 0 SSV-0A-MCC 0-3 x 70 / 70 SSV-0A-MCD 0-3 x 70 / 0 SSV-0A-MDD 0-3 x 0 / 0 SSV-0A-MFB 0-3 x 0-3 F / 06 SSV-0A-MFC 0-3 x 0-3 F / 70 SSV-0A-MFD 0-3 x 0-3 F / 0 SSV-0A-MFF 0-3 x 0-3 F / 0-3 F SV-xxx-xx Part Number SV--44 SV--46 SV--66 Output x Input/Input /8 x /8 F/ /8 F /8 x /8 F/ /4 PI /8 x /4 PI/ /4 PI SV-xxx-xx Part Number Output x Input/Input SV-/4 PI-44 /4 PI x /8 F/ /8 F SV-/4 PI-46 /4 PI x /8 F/ /4 PI SV-/4 PI-66 /4 PI x /4 PI/ /4 PI SV-/4 PI-74 /4 PI x 5/3 PI/ /8 F SV-/4 PI-76 /4 PI x 5/3 PI/ /4 PI SV-/4 PI-77 /4 PI x 5/3 PI/ 5/3 PI SV-5-44 /8 F x /8 F/ /8 F SV-5-46 /8 F x /8 F/ /4 PI SV-5-47 /8 F x /8 F/ 5/3 PI SV-5-66 /8 F x /4 PI/ /4 PI SV-5-67 /8 F x 5/3 PI/ /4 PI SV-5-77 /8 F x 5/3PI/ 5/3 PI SV-5/3 PI-44 5/3 PI x /8 F/ /8 F SV-5/3 PI-46 5/3 PI x /8 F/ /4 PI SV-5/3 PI-47 5/3 PI x /8 F/ 5/3 PI SV-5/3 PI-66 5/3 PI x /4 PI/ /4 PI SV-5/3 PI-67 5/3 PI x /4 PI/ 5/3 PI SV-5/3 PI-77 5/3 PI x 5/3PI/ 5/3 PI 7

73 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Typ Barb 0 Barb Typ SSV-0A-BBB.6 /8 NPT (X) SV-5/3 PI Typ.45 Typ SSV-0A-MCD 70 Barb Push-in Port (X). Typ.43 SSV-0A-xxx (M).6 Typ X 0-3 (F) SSV-0A-MFF /8 NPT SV-5/3 PI SV-xxx-xx.8 Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Optional seals available- contact factory. Control Valves & Valve Accessories /8 NPT Push-in Port (X) SV-/4 PI Push-in Port (3X) SV-/4 PI-77.6 /8 NPT.8 /8 NPT male output ports available- contact factory /8 NPT (3X) SV-5-44 Push-in Port (X) SV-5-66 l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 73

74 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Multiple porting options l Durable brass construction l Low cracking pressure l Compact in-line or port mounting styles Check Valves Check valves are used in pneumatic circuits which require free flow in one direction and no flow in the opposite direction. Application Check valves are generally used in systems as a bypass valve, allowing flow around components like needle valves which otherwise restrict flow in both directions. Performance Data Porting Option In/ Out Temperature Range C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Operating Pressure -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi Cracking Pressure Fill sec/ in psi 06 Barb/ (min. flow option) 0-3 Thd/ 0-3 Thd (max. flow option) /8 NPT (F)/ /8 NPT (F)* /8 NPT / /4 PI* /4 PI / /4 PI* *other cracking pressures available- contact factory Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 * 06 barb recommended for use with /6 ID PUR tubing * 0 barb recommended for use with 5/64 ID PUR tubing * 70 barb recommended for use with.70 ID PUR tubing Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel Twenty-One check valve configurations available 74

75 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax figure A figure B Input Input Check Valve Cross Section Free Flow Output Output Function Two internal designs were developed to ensure a low cracking pressure. The /8 NPT style utilizes a poppet and spring, whereas, the 0-3 / barb styles feature a batwing. When system pressure at the check valve input is high enough to overcome the low spring force (/ psi) the poppet is moved off its seat allowing flow out port. The flow of a fluid through the check valve is defined as "free flow". When fluid flow reverses the poppet is pushed into its seat, blocking or "checking" the system flow (figure B). In comparison, the batwing in the 0-3 / barb styles flexes to allow flow through the output port when system pressure exceeds cracking pressure. When fluid flow reverses the batwing straightens, "checking" the system flow. Product Information Part Number Input Output C0500 /6 Barb /6 Barb C Barb 0 Barb C Barb 70 Barb C (M) /6 Barb C (M) 0 Barb C (M) 70 Barb C (M) 0-3 (M) C05006 /6 Barb 0-3 (M) C Barb 0-3 (M) C (M) 0-3 (F) C (F) 0-3 (M) C (F) 0-3 (F) C05040-SS0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) C05050 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) C05050-SS/8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) C05050 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT C /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) C /8 NPT /8 NPT C05060 /8 NPT (F) /4 PI C05060 /8 NPT /4 PI C /4 PI /8 NPT (F) C /4 PI /8 NPT C /4 PI /4 PI *-SS used to indicate stainless steel Control Valves & Valve Accessories Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Optional batwing materials available- contact factory. l Custom barbs available- contact factory. /8 NPT (F) style utilizes a poppet and spring design 75

76 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Check Valves Check Valves C0500 C05030 C0500 C05040 C05004 C0500 C0500 C05004 C0500 C05005 C05030 C

77 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Check Valves Check Valves C05050 C05060 C05050 C05060 C C Control Valves & Valve Accessories C C C l When design makes a dimension criticalcontact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 77

78 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax Features l Swivel input port l Direct cylinder mount l 0-3 (F) or /4 push-in pilot ports l Plated for corrosion resistance l Low cracking pressure l Thread sealant standard on output ports Pilot Operated Check Valves Designed for use in applications requiring an actuator to be locked in position, Pilot Operated Check Valves allow free flow from the input port through the output port. Supplying a pilot pressure to the valve allows flow in the opposite direction. Pneumadyne s new Pilot Operated Check Valves are ideal for reliably holding an actuator position in a variety of applications. These rugged valves feature a /4 or /8 NPT output port which mounts directly on a cylinder, minimizing space requirements and easing installation. The input port swivels to accommodate valve alignment and contains a /4 push-in connection to speed tubing installation. 0-3 (F) and /4 push-in pilot ports are available to fit plumbing specifications. Mounting Method Part Number Direct Cylinder Max. Installation Mount Torque POC-4-F /8 NPT 5. ft-lbs POC-6-F /8 NPT 5. ft-lbs POC-68-F /4 NPT ft-lbs POC-68-6 /4 NPT ft-lbs Performance Data Part Number Temperature Range Operating Pressure (psi) Maximum Supply Pressure (psi) POC-4-F 0 to 60 F 5 to POC-6-F POC-68-F -40 to 40 F 0 to less than POC Flow Rate (scfm) - Flow Rate (scfm) - 50 psi 00 psi 50 psi 00 psi POC-4-F POC-6-F POC-68-F 3 3 POC-68-6 Media: Lubricated and non-lubricated air C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Materials POC-4-F & POC-6-F Body: Zinc Plated Brass & Anodized Aluminum Internal Components: Brass, Stainless Steel & Polyamide Seals: Buna-N Spring: Stainless Steel POC-68-F & POC-68-6 Body: Anodized Aluminum & Electroless Nickel Plated Brass Stem: Brass Seals: Buna-N Spring: Stainless Steel Cv Cracking Pressure (psi) Ideal for reliably holding an actuator position in a variety of applications 78

79 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax Pilot Operated Check Valves Cross Section Pilot Pressure Applied Pilot Operated Check Valves POC-4-F Free Flow POC-6-F Pilot Operated Check Valves Flow Chart: POC-68-F Flow Rate (scfm) Pressure (psi) Pilot Operated Check Valves Pilot Pressure- POC-68-F Pilot Min. (PSI) Control Valves & Valve Accessories P Pressure (psi) POC-68-F POC-68-6 Product Information Part Number Input Output Pilot POC-4-F /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT 0-3 (F) POC-6-F /4 PI /8 NPT 0-3 (F) POC-68-F /4 PI /4 NPT 0-3 (F) POC-68-6 /4 PI /4 NPT /4 PI Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Optional seals available - contact factory. 79

80 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Multiple porting optionsincluding push-to-connect fittings l Flow controls available in reverse flow l Compact size l Panel mountable l Instrument quality collet knob Flow Control & Needle Valves Flow controls and Needle valves are used to reduce the rate of flow in a leg of a system, consequently the restriction slows cylinder speed. Finely threaded stems allow gradual adjustment of controlled flow to match system requirements. Although the basic function is flow restriction, the fundamental difference between the two is the needle valve con- trols flow in both directions (bi-directional) and the flow control valve controls flow in only one direction (allowing free flow in the opposite direction). Function In both the flow control and needle valve a finely threaded stem allows gradual adjustment of the amount of controlled flow passing through the valve. Flow enters port, travels through an orifice sized by the tapered stem and out port. The flow control features a by-pass check which allows rapid free flow out port. Pneumadyne offers a variety of configurations with several flow rate options. Choose from twenty-five needle valves and thirty-nine flow controls- the multiple porting options virtually eliminate the need for additional fittings. Identification O Series Series 700 Series knob Mini Flow Control: Red Cap Low Flow: Brass Needle Valve: Yellow Cap General Flow: Brass/ Electroless Nickel Contact factory Materials O Series: Brass/ Black Dichromate, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Buna-N, Acetal collets Series: Aluminum/ Black Anodize, or Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Nylon, Buna-N, Acetal collets 700 Series: Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N Mini (non-mount): Brass, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Buna-N Banjo: Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, PA6 (plastic) l Optional seals available- contact factory l Pneumadyne Flow Controls and Needle Valves are not leak tight. Not to be used as a shut-off device. 80

81 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Performance Data Temperature Range Flow Control & Needle Valve Product Flow Rate (scfm) C v Cracking Pressure Function Group 50 psi 5 psi (FC Only) Code O Series psi MO, BI Series psi MO, BI 700 Series psi MO, BI Mini psi MO, BI (FC & NV Series) Banjo psi MO Flow Control Performance data operating full open at 5 psi Operating Pressure -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi Flow Control: Reverse Control Flow (from -) Product Flow Rate (scfm) C v Cracking Function Group 50 psi 5 psi Pressure Code Banjo psi MI Series psi MI C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Function Code Code Function Controlled Flow Free Flow MO *Meter Out to to MI Meter In to to BI Meter Bi-Directional metered flow N/A in both directions *Standard product Mounting Method Product Group Panel Surface Nominal Mounting Hole Dimension O 3/64 MB- or MB-F 3/64 MB- or MB-F 700 FC /3 (3).4 diam. holes 700 NV /3 N/A Mini N/A Inline/ direct port mount Banjo N/A Inline/ direct port mount Port Options O Series Series 700 Series FC 700 Series NV Mini Banjo Def. Port Swivel Input Port Output Port Input Port Swivel Output Port Input Port Output Port Input Port Output Port Input Port Output Port Input Port Output l0-3 (F) l5/3 Push-in l/4 Push-in l 0-3 (F) Options l/8 NPT (F) l/8 NPT l70 Barb* l 5/3 Push-in l/8 NPT (F) l /4 Push-in l/8 NPT l 5/3 Push-in l /4 Push-in l /8 NPT (F) Additional options availablecontact factory l 0-3 (M) l 0-3 (F) l 0-3 (M) l /8 NPT l 0-3 (F) l 0-3 (M) l /8 NPT l 0-3 (F) l 0-3 (M) l 0-3 (F) l 5/3 Push-in *70 Barb recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE Mini Flow Controls and Needle Valves are ideal for use with miniature cylinders Control Valves & Valve Accessories Banjo flow control mounting requirements: Ø 3/8 min. x.0 max. deep counter-bore required when mounting to a cylindrical surface Nut(s) and lockwasher provided 8

82 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Flow Rate (scfm) Flow Rate (scfm) 700 Series Flow Control Turns to Open (gen. flow) Series Flow Control Turns to Open psi psi Turns Open 5 psi 50 psi Free Flow Free Flow Flow Control / Needle Valve Cross Section O Series Flow Control Mini Flow Control Mini Needle Valve Series Needle Valve Turns Open Free Flow 700 Series Flow Control 700 Series Needle Valve Flow Control Valve illustrations represent the controlled flow path; free flow is to. Note: Needle Valves control flow in both directions. Standard Flow Control Valves meter out, flowing from to. Instrument quality panel knob now available for all 700 Series Valves - prevents excess seat stress 8

83 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information Flow Controls Part Number Input Output O Series PFC0- /8 NPT / 0-3(F) PFC0-0-3 (F) Elbow PFC (F) Tee PFC0-4 /8 NPT (F) PFC Barb PFC0-6 /4 Push-in PFC0-7 5/3 Push-in Series PFC-4 PFC-6 PFC-7 PFC-44 PFC-46 PFC-47 PFC-64 PFC-66 PFC-67 PFC-74 PFC-76 PFC-77 Reverse Flow PFCR-4 PFCR-6 PFCR-7 PFCR-44 PFCR-46 PFCR-47 PFCR-64 PFCR-66 PFCR-67 PFCR-74 PFCR-76 PFCR-77 /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 0-3(F) 0-3(F) 0-3(F) 0-3(F) 0-3(F) 0-3(F) 0-3(F) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 700 Series - panel knob available C07050 low 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) C gen. 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Mini FC (M) 0-3 (F) FC-5 /8 NPT 0-3 (F) Banjo Flow Control (Right Angle) BFC UNF 0-3 (F) BFC-3P 0-3 UNF 5/3 Push-in Reverse Flow BFCR UNF 0-3 (F) BFCR-3P 0-3 UNF 5/3 Push-in Needle Valves Part Number Input Output O Series PNV (F) PNV0- /8 NPT/0-3(F) PNV0-0-3 (F) Elbow PNV (F) Tee PNV0-4 /8 NPT (F) PNV Barb PNV0-6 /4 Push-in PNV0-7 5/3 Push-in PNV0-/8 /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) Series PNV-4 PNV-6 PNV-7 PNV-44 PNV-46 PNV-47 PNV-64 PNV-66 PNV-67 PNV-74 PNV-76 PNV (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 700 Series - panel knob available C07030 low 0-3 (M) C gen. 0-3 (M) C07060 low /8 NPT C gen. /8 NPT 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Note: The Low Flow option flows. scfm at 5 turns and 5 psi. The General Flow option provides increased flow with fewer needle turns: 3.4 scfm at 5 turns and 5 psi. Full open, both valves offer the same flow rate. Mini /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in NV (M) 0-3 (F) NV-5 /8 NPT 0-3 (F) Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l To order 700 Series valves with instrument quality panel knob- add a -PK suffix to the part number. l Optional seals available- contact factory. l Contact factory for reverse flow applications. System is a method of consolidating to 0 components with a common pressure source. Control Valves & Valve Accessories *70 Barb recommended use.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE 83

84 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax O Series.90 Max.90 Max.90 Max.35 5/ / /3-3.6 / HEX /8 NPT / HEX / HEX Ø.6 X 0-3 Ø.6 3X 0-3 Ø.6 Series.90 Max.90 Max.90 Max.35 - Input -4 Porting - Input.84 5/3 3 THD 5/8 HEX /8 NPT /3 3 THD 5/8 HEX /8 NPT.89 5/3 3 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (F) Porting -7 Porting -3 Input -44 Porting.90 Max Max Ø.6-4 Input.8-46 Porting -47 Porting 5/3-3 / HEX /8 NPT (F) 5/3 3 5/8 HEX /8 NPT (F) Max Max.35 Ø.50 Ø.6-5 Input Porting -74 Porting 5/ BARB 5/3 3 5/8 HEX 5/3 or /4 PI.90 Max Max.35 5/ /3 or /4 PI Ø.6-6 Input -7 Input.35 5/3 3 5/8 HEX 5/3 or /4 PI.8-66 Porting -67 Porting -76 Porting -77 Porting l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 84

85 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax / / Hex.3 Ø.5 Ø.4 (3X) Max Tapered 700 Series 700 Series Flow Control Product Number C07050 low C general Available with instrument quality panel knob, add -PK suffix to the part number (not shown) Free Flow Mini Flow Control Product Number FC-3 Ø.6 Ø.6.45 Max 5/6-4 a.45 Max 5/ Tapered 0-3 /8 NPT 7/6 Hex 0-3 Tapered 7/6 Hex Needle Valves Product Number C07030 low C general Available with instrument quality panel knob, add -PK suffix to the part number (not shown) Product Number C07060 low C general Available with instrument quality panel knob, add -PK suffix to the part number (not shown) Mini Needle Valves Product Number NV-3 Control Valves & Valve Accessories 0-3 /8 NPT / Hex Free Flow Product Number FC-5.00 / Hex.3 Banjo Product Number NV /6 HEX Flow Control 0-3 /8 NPT / Hex 0-3 O Series.7 Needle Valves. Ø.36 Ø.44 Product Number BFC-3 BFCR-3 Product Number PNV /6 HEX 5/3" Push-in.7. Ø.44 Product Number BFC-3P BFCR-3P Product Number PNV0-/8 Ø.36 l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 85

86 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l0-3 (F) ports l Low cracking pressure l Slotted knob for precision control l Mounting versatility l Compact size Double Flow Control Valve This unique component replaces two flow controls in a pneumatic system and allows the adjustment of cylinder extension and retraction from one location. Function Performance Data Part Number C Temperature Range Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Operating Pressure -0 o F to 60 o F Range: 0-5 psi C v Full Open C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Cracking Pressure. psi The cylinder may be plumbed to either port of the Pneumadyne Double Flow Control. The adjustment knob closest to the cylinder controls the input or extension speed, the knob furthest from the cylinder controls the exhaust or retraction speed. Double Flow Control.75 5/6-4 Ø C /3 Ports Ordering Information l To order standard product use part number C Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel, Buna-N 86

87 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Performance Data Part Number Temperature Range Porting Information Flow Rate C v (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Operating Pressure -0 o F to 60 o F Range: 0-5 psi Fill Time sec/ in psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi PAV (F) l Performance data shown for flow paths - and 3-; C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Features l Convenient parallel porting l Compact-. overall l Warning: This product is not intended to serve as a two hand anti-tie down device The AND Valve AND valves are used in circuit control applications that require a combination of inputs to produce a single output. This compact (overall. ) and durable valve has been Pneumadyne tested to assure high performance and dependability. Control Valves & Valve Accessories AND Valve Function X Ordering Information l To order standard product use part number PAV-0. l Optional seals available- contact factory. When a signal is supplied to port AND port 3 the output flows from port. The output flow will always be the lower of the two pressures. Both input pressures are required to open the valve (loss of input will cancel the output signal). Cross Section 3 Materials Aluminum/ Black Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N 87

88 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l ± % Repeatability l Mounting versatility l Push-to-connect fittings available l Output port rotates l Direct cylinder mount l Direct gauge mount to output Pressure Control Valves Pneumadyne s Pressure Control Valve is ideal for applications requiring reduced pressure to a cylinder. It is designed for use between a valve output and a cylinder or other volume, where a reduced pressure is desired. A high volume check valve is built in to allow for rapid reverse flow. It is also ideal for continuous flow applications where reverse flow is not required. stream pressure is equal to the set pressure. As the cylinder retracts the Pressure Control acts as a free reverse check, downstream pressure enters port unseating the O-ring and allowing air to pass through the hollow stem and out port (figure B). Performance Data Temperature Range Maximum Input Pressure Standard 50 psi Low 80 psi C v - - Fill Time 00 in 3 sec. -0 o F to 60 o F C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Materials Aluminum/ Red Anodize and Black Anodize, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Brass/ Black Dichromate, Stainless Steel, Buna-N, Acetal Copolymer Function Output pressure is selected by adjusting the control knob when pressure is off (locking nut provided). Pneumadyne s gauge port and micro gauge are ideal for accurately setting output pressure. Air flowing through port unseats the poppet and continues through port, pressurizing a downstream vessel (figure A). The flow stops when the down- figure A figure B Pressure Control Cross Section Controlled Pressure Reverse Free Flow 88

89 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information Pressure Control Valve Part Number Input x Output Part Number Input x Output PPC- /8 NPT /8 NPT PPC-4 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) PPC-6 /8 NPT /4 Push-in PPC-7 /8 NPT 5/3 Push-in PPC-8 /8 NPT /4 NPT PPC-4 /8 NPT (F) PPC-44 /8 NPT (F) PPC-46 /8 NPT (F) PPC-47 /8 NPT (F) PPC-48 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /4 NPT PPC-6 /4 Push-in PPC-64 /4 Push-in PPC-66 /4 Push-in PPC-67 /4 Push-in PPC-68 /4 Push-in Pressure Control Valve with a maximum pressure reduction of 80 psi available add a -80 suffix to standard part number. Locking nut, mounting nuts and lockwasher provided /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /4 NPT PPC-7 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT PPC-74 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) PPC-76 5/3 Push-in /4 Push-in PPC-77 5/3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in PPC-78 5/3 Push-in /4 NPT Pressure Reduction (psi) Pressure Control Valve Turns Open 0= closed 0= open Pressure Control.83 Control Valves & Valve Accessories Warnings l NOT to be used as a Pressure Regulator l For use with AIR ONLY l Does NOT have a downstream vent Ordering Information l To order Pressure Control Valves use the Product Information listing to select part number (factory assembled). l To order Pressure Control Valve with a maximum pressure reduction of 80 psi add a -80 suffix to the standard part number. (Standard 5 psi) l To order gauge port option add a -G suffix to the part number. The Pressure Control Valve with extended gauge port housing and micro gauge installed (to prevent damage the gauge is packaged and sold separately). Gauge data Catalog drawing represents the maximum overall measurement(s); for specific porting configuration drawings- contact factory. 89

90 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax Features l Compact size l Low hysteresis l Precision control l.6% Repeatability l Stud mount, 0-3 UNF l Compatible with Nitrogen and Helium l Self relieving Miniature Precision Regulator Pneumadyne s new Miniature Precision Regulator offers highly accurate air pressure control in a compact package; ideal for limited space applications. This precision machined, high quality regulator features an output pressure range up to 00 psi and high flow rate of 4.5 scfm. With a maximum supply pressure of 50 psi, our Precision Regulator is extremely dependable and repeatedly returns to the set pressure when turned off and on. Exceptionally tight design tolerances effectively minimize vibration allowing the regulator to remain stable under changing operating conditions. Highly accurate air pressure control in a compact package Performance Data Temperature Range Output Pressure Range Operating Pressure Maximum Supply Pressure Media -40 to + 48 F 0 to 00 psi 50 psi Clean, Dry Air Flow Rate Repeatability Set-ability Air Consumption 50 psi 00 psi 0 to 00 psi.5 scfm 4.5 scfm 0.6 %.5 psi.0 scfh max Materials Body: Electroless Nickel Plated Aluminum Stem: Stainless Steel Seals: Buna-N Spring: Stainless Steel Piston: Carbon-Graphite Sleeve: Pyrex Glass Mounting Method Stud Mount: 0-3 UNF (footprint provided) Panel Mount: Nominal mounting hole dimension 3/64" 90

91 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax figure A figure B Miniature Precision Regulator Cross Section Atmosphere Atmosphere Miniature Precision Regulator Output Input Output Input Miniature Precision Regulator Flow Chart Flow Rate (scfm) Input Pressure (psi) Control Valves & Valve Accessories 5/3-3 Thread 3/8 Flats Output Port.075 MAX Any 360 Placement Input Port 0-3 UNF.8 MIN X.36 Spanner Clearance Holes Porting Footprint.74 Ordering Information l To order standard product use Part Number PPR-S-00. l Optional seals available- contact factory. 9

92 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Mounting versatility l Knurled knob or Instrument quality knob l Push-to-connect fittings available l O Series input port rotates l Series output port rotates l Direct gauge mount to output ( Series) Pressure Regulators Pneumadyne's "0" & "" Series Pressure Regulators are used to maintain a preset downstream pressure. Relieving and non-relieving styles are available to accommodate application requirements. To ease regulator installation, porting options include 0-3 UNF, /8 NPT, barbs and push-in connections. For alignment purposes, the "0" Series features a swivel input and the "" Series features a swivel output port. The "" Series can be mounted on a manifold allowing the consolidation of components with varying output pressures on a common pressure source (see figure C - System ). Pneumadyne's micro gauge can be mounted on the "" Series regulator with an extended gauge port providing an on-site pressure indicator. Choose from a knurled knob or an Acetal panel knob for precision adjustment. Regulator components are anodized or Electroless nickel plated for corrosion and wear resistance. Performance Data Temperature Range -0 o F to 60 o F Operating Pressure 30 psi to 5 psi C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Max. Input Pressure 5 psi C v Full Open Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Materials Aluminum/ Black Anodize, Brass and Steel/ Electroless Nickel, Brass/ Black Dichromate, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, Acetal Function Relieving Regulator Figure A - Adjustment of the control knob to a pre-determined level shifts the piston, unseating the Buna-N poppet and allowing air to flow through port to port. When the set pressure is reached, the pressure under the piston and the force exerted by the spring are balanced producing a regulated output at port. A minimum of 30 psi input is required to maintain regulation. Figure B - When downstream pressure exceeds the set level the poppet is seated -blocking input flow. The back pressure flows in output lifting the Buna-N cup seal and piston allowing air to pass through the hollow stem and out the exhaust port 3. Non-relieving Regulator The non-relieving regulator flow path- input to output - is the same as the relieving regulator, however the non-relieving regulator contains a solid piston that does not permit backflow at output port to be exhausted. Warning: for safety reasons only non-relieving regulators are recommended for use with liquids and with adequate means of downstream relief. 9

93 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax O Series Regulator figure A Series Regulator figure B Relieving Mode Control Knob- select the knurled knob manufactured from steel or the panel knob molded from durable acetal -both are standard actuators. Regulator Cross Section 3 3 Cup Seal Piston Poppet.83 Extended Port The Series Regulator with extended gauge port housing and micro gauge installed (to prevent damage the gauge is packaged and sold separately). Gauge data Control Valves & Valve Accessories Slotted adjustment screw- also available- contact factory. figure C Locking Nut- RLN-40 (sold separately)- available to lock adjustment and eliminate possible setting variance, ideal for locations requiring infrequent adjustment. System - a method of consolidating to 0 components with a common pressure source. Component selection includes button style valves, regulators, and needle valves. Each System is designed per order- contact factory. See System Information. Micro Gauge- PMG-60, PMG-60 (sold separately)- can be mounted on the Series regulator with an extended gauge port providing an on-site pressure indicator. To order a gauge ready regulator add a -G suffix to the part number. 93

94 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information O Series Regulators Relieving Part Number Knurled Knob Panel Knob Knurled Knob Panel Knob RO-RK- /8 NPT 0-3 (F) RO-RK- 0-3 (F) Elbow0-3 (F) RO-RK (F) Tee 0-3 (F) RO-RK-4 /8 NPT (F) 0-3 (F) RO-RK-5 70 Barb 0-3 (F) RO-RK-6 /4 Push-in 0-3 (F) RO-RK-7 5/3 Push-in 0-3 (F) RO-RP- /8 NPT 0-3 (F) RO-RP- 0-3 (F) Elbow0-3 (F) RO-RP (F) Tee 0-3 (F) RO-RP-4 /8 NPT (F) 0-3 (F) RO-RP-5 70 Barb 0-3 (F) RO-RP-6 /4 Push-in 0-3 (F) RO-RP-7 5/3 Push-in 0-3 (F) Non-Relieving Input x Output RO-NK- /8 NPT 0-3 (F) RO-NK- 0-3 (F) Elbow0-3 (F) RO-NK (F) Tee 0-3 (F) RO-NK-4 /8 NPT (F) 0-3 (F) RO-NK-5 70 Barb 0-3 (F) RO-NK-6 /4 Push-in 0-3 (F) RO-NK-7 5/3 Push-in 0-3 (F) RO-NP- /8 NPT 0-3 (F) RO-NP- 0-3 (F) Elbow0-3 (F) RO-NP (F) Tee 0-3 (F) RO-NP-4 /8 NPT (F) 0-3 (F) RO-NP-5 70 Barb 0-3 (F) RO-NP-6 /4 Push-in 0-3 (F) RO-NP-7 5/3 Push-in 0-3 (F) Accessories RLN-40 Locking Nut PMG-00 Micro Gauge 0-00 psi PMG-60 Micro Gauge 0-60 psi PMG-60 Micro Gauge 0-60 psi Ordering Information l To order Pressure Regulators use the Product Information listing to select part number. l To order a gauge ready regulator, add a -G suffix to the part number. Series Regulators Relieving Part Number Knurled Knob Panel Knob Model R= Regulator Series O= O Series = Series Function R= Relieving N= Non-relieving Actuator Style K= Knurled Knob P= Panel Knob R-RK-4 R-RK-6 R-RK-7 R-RK-44 R-RK-46 R-RK-47 R-RK-64 R-RK-66 R-RK-67 R-RK-74 R-RK-76 R-RK-77 R-RP-4 R-RP-6 R-RP-7 R-RP-44 R-RP-46 R-RP-47 Product Number Diagram: O & Series Regulators R-RK-4 Input x Output /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in R-RP-64 /8 NPT (F) /4 R-RP-66 Push-in /4 Push-in R-RP-67 5/3 Push-in R-RP-74 /8 NPT (F) R-RP-76 5/3 /4 Push-in Push-in R-RP-77 5/3 Push-in O Series Input = /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) = 0-3 (F) Elbow 3= 0-3 (F) Tee 4= /8 NPT (F) 5= 70 Barb* 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in * O Series Output 0-3 (F) ONLY no designation Series Regulators Non-Relieving Part Number Knurled Knob Panel Knob R-NK-4 R-NK-6 R-NK-7 R-NK-44 R-NK-46 R-NK-47 R-NK-64 R-NK-66 R-NK-67 R-NK-74 R-NK-76 R-NK-77 R-NP-4 R-NP-6 R-NP-7 R-NP-44 R-NP-46 R-NP-47 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in R-NP-64 /8 NPT (F) R-NP-66 /4 /4 Push-in Push-in R-NP-67 5/3 Push-in R-NP-74 R-NP-76 R-NP-77 Series Input = /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in Example: Regulator Series, Relieving with Knurled Knob, /8 NPT /0-3 (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output *70 barb- recommended for use with.70 ID PUR or.70 ID PE tubing Series Output 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in Input x Output /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in Custom Products: Contact factory for applications requiring /8 NPT male or /4 NPT male output port 94

95 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Line.90* Max.90* Max.90* Max 5/ / HEX.40 Ø / / HEX.40 Ø /3 3 3X 0 3 / HEX.40 Ø.6.54 O Series /8 NPT Shown with Panel Knob Product Line.90* Max.90* Max.90* Max 5/ / / Ø.6 Ø.6 Ø.6.83 /8 NPT /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) 5/8" HEX 5/8" HEX 5/8" HEX /8 NPT (F) Series Shown with Panel Knob - Input -4 Porting - Input -6 Porting -7 Porting -3 Input -44 Porting Control Valves & Valve Accessories 5/ / HEX /8 NPT (F) 5/3-3 Ø.6 5/8" HEX.8.90* Max.40 Ø Input.90* Max /8 NPT (F) -46 Porting -47 Porting 5/ Ø / 5/3-3 Ø.6 /8 NPT (F) 5/8" HEX.4.90* Max.40 Ø BARB -5 Input.90* Max PUSH-IN PORT -64 Porting -74 Porting 5/ /3 or /4 PI 5/3-3 Ø.6 5/8" HEX.8.90* Max.40 Ø.6.64 *.74 Max for knurled knob- all regulators Ø.6-6 Input -7 Input.90* Max.40 X PUSH-IN PORT Porting -67 Porting -76 Porting -77 Porting 95

96 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l In-line or Right Angle l Allows rapid cylinder return l Multiple porting options l Relieve 00 in 3 in seconds l Male pipe thread for direct cylinder mount l Threaded or controllable exhaust port l Swivel cylinder port Quick Exhaust Valves In-line The 570 In-line Quick Exhaust offers the convenience of inline plumbing with a /8 NPT output and /8 NPT(F) input. Six exhaust holes located on either side relieve large amounts of flow in a minimal amount of time. It is ideal for allowing rapid cylinder return without air traveling back through the system. Function As pressure is applied through input port (figure A) the poppet and seal shift forward blocking the exhaust port and allowing flow through output port. When pressure is removed from input port (figure B) back flow at port unseats the poppet and allows flow through exhaust port 3. Performance Data Part Number C57050 QE-*-** * QE0-FMF Temperature Range -0 o F to 60 o F Operating Pressure 0-5 psi l Flow information supplied for flow path -. C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Series- Right Angle C Fill Time Exhaust v Flow Rate (scfm) sec/ in 3 Time sec/ in 3 50 psi 5 psi 0-90 psi 00-0 psi *Not recommended for use with cylinders larger than diameter; stroke up to. Pneumadyne s Series Quick Exhaust Valve allows rapid cylinder return without permitting air to travel back through the system. There are sixty possible porting configurations incorporating the standard Pneumadyne Series design with the addition of the /4 NPT male and /8 NPT male output ports. The exhaust port options include the /8 NPT female for use with a sintered bronze or industrial muffler, the /4-8 UNF female for use with a speed control needle (see chart), and the /4 push-to-connect fitting that is specially designed with a captive collet that is retained even when tubing is disconnected (recommended for use with /4 OD Polyurethane (95A) tubing). Function As pressure is applied through input port (figure C) the poppet shifts forward blocking the exhaust port and allowing flow through output port. When pressure is removed from input port (figure D) back flow at port unseats the poppet and allows flow through exhaust port 3. 96

97 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax figure A Fill figure B Exhaust Quick Exhaust Cross Section 3 3 Quick Exhaust Series with Locking Speed Control Needle Port -3 Exhaust Flow Rate (scfm) 6 5 psi psi 75 psi 50 psi 5 psi Port Options Inline Definition Port Input Port Output Turns Open Options l /8 NPT (F) l /8 NPT Control Valves & Valve Accessories figure C 3 Port 3 Exhaust l Non-Threaded Fill Port Input l 0-3 (F) l /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) l /8 NPT (F) l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in Materials figure D Exhaust In-line: Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, PUR Right Angle: Aluminum/ Black Anodize, Brass/ Black Dichromate, Buna-N, Acetal, Stainless Steel, Brass/ Electroless Nickel 3 Right Angle Port Swivel Output Port 3 Exhaust l 0-3 (M) l /8 NPT l /8 NPT (F) l /4 Push-in l 5/3 Push-in l /4 NPT l 0-3 (F) l /8 NPT (F) l /4-8 UNF l /4 Push-in 97

98 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Ordering Information l To order Series Quick Exhaust select product number from Product Information listing or use Product Number Diagram to develop required component configuration.. Replace the * in the Product Information listing with one of the exhaust port codes listed below: -M- for /8 NPT (F) -S- for /4-8 UNF (F) -P- for /4 push-to-connect. Select from the Additional Accessories (sold separately) l QE-MS Sintered Bronze Muffler /8 NPT for use with QE-M-xx. l QE-MI Industrial Muffler /8 NPT for use with QE-M-xx. l QE-S Speed Control Needle /4-8 UNF with locking nut- for use with QE-S-xx. l Contact factory for custom porting configurations. Series QE= Quick Exhaust Series- Right angle porting Exhaust Port M= /8 NPT (F) P= /4 Push-in S= /4-8 UNF (F) Product Diagram Quick Exhaust Valves QE-S-8 Example: Quick Exhaust, Series, /4-8 UNF (F) thread for use with Speed Control Needle (sold separately), /8 NPT /0-3 (F) input, /4 NPT output. Series QE0= Quick Exhaust Input Port F= 0-3 (F) 5= M5 7= 5/3 Push-in Input Port = /8 NPT / 0-3 (F) 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in QE0-FMF Output Port M= 0-3 G= M5 Adj M A= 0-3 Adj M Output Port = /8 NPT 4= /8 NPT (F) 6= /4 Push-in 7= 5/3 Push-in 8= /4 NPT Exhaust Port F= 0-3 (F) 5= M5 /4 push-to-connect exhaust port is specially designed with a captive collet that is retained even when tubing is disconnected 98

99 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information In-line Part Number Input Output C57050 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT Right Angle QE0-5G5 M5 M5 Adj. (M) QE0-7MF 5/3 Push-in 0-3 (F) QE0-FAF 0-3 (F) 0-3 Adj. (M) QE0-FMF 0-3 (F) 0-3 (M) Series Right Angle QE-*- /8 NPT /8 NPT QE-*-4 /8 NPT /8 NPT (F) QE-*-6 /8 NPT /4 Push-in QE-*-7 /8 NPT 5/3 Push-in QE-*-8 /8 NPT /4 NPT QE-*-4 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT Series Right Angle (cont d) Part Number Input Output QE-*-44 /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) QE-*-46 /8 NPT (F) /4 Push-in QE-*-47 /8 NPT (F) 5/3 Push-in QE-*-48 /8 NPT (F) /4 NPT QE-*-6 /4 Push-in /8 NPT QE-*-64 /4 Push-in /8 NPT (F) QE-*-66 /4 Push-in /4 Push-in QE-*-67 /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in QE-*-68 /4 Push-in /4 NPT QE-*-7 QE-*-74 QE-*-76 QE-*-77 QE-*-78 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT 5/3 Push-in /8 NPT (F) 5/3 Push-in /4 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in /4 NPT Series Quick Exhaust shown with accessories Additional Accessories Part Number QE-MS QE-MI QE-S Description /8 NPT Sintered Bronze Muffler /8 NPT Industrial Muffler /4-8 UNF Speed Control Needle Control Valves & Valve Accessories Quick Exhaust Port Designation C57050 Inline QE0-FMF Right Angle Input Cylinder Port.54 9/6 HEX.6 3 Exhaust 0-3 (M) /8 NPT (F) 6X Exhaust /8 NPT X 0-3 (F) Typical drawings illustrate the overall package size of the Quick Exhaust Series valve. There are sixty (60) possible configurations- contact factory for additional drawings. Right Angle Push-in Connector /4 NPT.5 Push-in Connector /8 NPT.03 l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice /4-8 UNF QE-S option shown.30 WRENCH FLATS 99

100 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Release 00 in 3 in 4 seconds l Durable constructionavailable with standard pipe thread and 0-3 thread Bleed Valves The Bleed Valve offers an easy solution for the release of excess pressure from a system. This compact and durable valve has been Pneumadyne tested to assure dependability and maximum flow. Function When the button is actuated the stem slides forward and air flow is vented through a nonthreaded exhaust port located near the actuator. This valve makes it possible to release pressurized air at a rate of 00 in 3 in 4 seconds. Performance Data Part Number PBV-0/3 PBV- PBV-4 Ø.5 Temperature Range Ø.3 é Operating Pressure -0 o F to 60 o F Range: 0-5 psi Mount 0-3 UNF (5/6 hex) /8 NPT (7/6 hex) /4 NPT (9/6 hex) C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Bleed Valve Force to Actuate 50 psi 5 psi é.38 Exhaust Time sec/ in psi 3 lbs 3 3/4lbs.06 3 lbs 6 / lbs Cross Section. 5/6 Hex PBV-0/3 0 3 Thread Exhaust 7/6 HEX PBV- /8 NPT Exhaust 9/6 HEX PBV-4 /4 NPT Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Performance Data listing (sold separately). All dimensions and specifications are subject to change. Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel 00

101 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Performance Data Part Number Temperature Range Function * Minimum Actuation (psi) Maximum Actuation (psi) C500 Contacts Open -0 o F to 60 o F (not passing) 40 psi 00 psi C500 Contacts Closed (passing) * Other pressure ranges available- contact factory C v per ANSI / (NFPA) T Air Operated Electric Switch.48.5 Features l UL approved switch l Interface between a pneumatic system and electrical controls l 8 gauge copper wire l Mounting versatility l Can be used with DC current The Air-Operated Electric Switch Pneumadyne s UL approved Air Operated Electric Switch is an excellent way to provide an interface between your pneumatic system and electrical controls. The primary function is to convert an air pressure signal to an electrical signal. This product can be panel mounted (3/64 nominal hole) or surface mounted using the MB- or MB-F mounting bracket. Control Valves & Valve Accessories Switch Life Expectancy Ordering Information 8 GAUGE 5/3-3 9/6 HEX /6 BARB l To order standard product refer to Performance Data listing (sold separately). l () nut and () lockwasher provided. l 06 barb recommended for use with /6 ID PUR. l Optional barbs available- contact factory. All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice. Materials 5 vac Resistive 5 amp 6 thousand cycles amp million cycles 0 vac Resistive -/ amp 6 thousand cycles / amp million cycles Data provided by switch manufacturer Acetal, Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, 8 gauge copper wire, Steel 0

102 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Additional Information and Specifications Directional Control Valves The basic pneumatic valve is a mechanical device consisting of a body and a moving part (poppet and/or stem) which connects or disconnects passages within the body. Pneumadyne s complete line of miniature manually operated -Way, 3-Way & 4-Way pneumatic valves offer a superior design constructed from high quality materials which result in an extremely long cycle life. Threaded Neck Valve Shoulder Exhaust Passage (X) Durable Nylon Actuator Convex Button Standard Roll Pin Output Port Valve Stem Poppet with Buna-N Sealing Surface Poppet Valve Valve Stem Input Port Mounting Holes (X) Stem Valve Pneumadyne Directional Control Valve Profile O Series 3 Series Series 0 Series 0 Series Series 00 Series Series Rear /8 NPT Fully Ported Standard 400 Series Rear Fully Ported Side 3-Position 4 Series 45 Series 0-3 /8 NPT -WAY l l l l l l l l l l l 3-WAY l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l 4-WAY 3 Port Position l l l 4-WAY 5 Port Position l l 4-WAY 5 Port 3 Position l Normally Open l l l l Normally Closed l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l Open Crossover l l l l l l l l l l l l Closed Crossover l l l l l Ported Exhaust l l l l l l l Actuator Options l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l Porting Options l l l l l l l l l 0

103 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Additional Information and Specifications Manual Actuators l Push Button Part number designation A Style Nylon- seven colors (black as standard) l Momentary Toggle Part number designation F Style Nylon- seven colors (black as standard) l Detented Toggle Part number designation H Style Nylon- seven colors (black as standard) l Control Knob Panel Knob Flow Control- Black acetal knob with red cap Needle Valve- Black acetal knob with yellow cap Regulator- Black acetal knob with black cap Knurled Knob Regulator- Brass with Electroless Nickel plating 700 Series Low Flow- Brass 700 Series General Flow- Brass with Electroless Nickel plating Double Flow Control- Brass with Electroless Nickel plating Color Code Information To order colored actuators simply specify the color, by code, as a -code# suffix following the part number. No code number is required for standard black actuators. = Black 6= Yellow 3= Red 7= Orange 4= Blue 8= Gray 5= Green Pneumadyne push button and toggle actuators are specially designed and molded from a high quality nylon material with a long service life (all actuators are included with the valve). Pneumadyne buttons ( A Style) are convex rather than concave, a shape with many advantages. Ideal for medical and dental applications, convex buttons are easier to keep clean- no well to trap liquids or debris. The convex shape also ensures a full contact fit for smooth actuation when used with cam operators. A slip resistant texture on the surface of the button provides grip for manual operation and guide ribs on the stem of the button ensure proper alignment. This prevents it from disrupting the exhaust path while absorbing moderate sideloads. Pneumadyne toggles are available for momentary ( F Style) or detented ( H Style) actuation. Pneumadyne actuators are retained by a specially designed stainless steel roll pin which expands to the diameter of the pin hole and holds the actuator in place. The service life of our actuator is extended by the use of the roll pin producing a fit that will not come out of place. Control Valves & Valve Accessories l All catalog product dimensions are given in inches unless otherwise specified 03

104 Control Valves & Valve Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Additional Information and Specifications Performance Data All Pneumadyne Cv and flow rates are determined in accordance with ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3, Pneumatic fluid power - Flow rating procedure and reporting method - For fixed orifice components. Pneumadyne has developed data to support system designs, designate operating pressures and determine response times, by using Cv (flow coefficient), flow rates, and fill times. Cv is useful for system sizing and as a component comparison standard, particularly when all Cv s are provided by the same manufacturer. Flow rates are determined for input pressure up to 5 psi and output pressures from atmospheric to the input pressure. Fill / exhaust times provide a fast, accurate means of establishing cylinder response times. Time to fill or exhaust a given volume through an orifice or pneumatic device is an exponential function. However, times to fill or exhaust various volumes, through a given system, have a linear relationship; i.e. time to fill 0 in 3 x time to fill in 3 etc. Pneumadyne uses relatively large tank volumes to measure fill/ exhaust times and measures from 0-90 psi with 00 psi input pressure and 00-0 psi exhaust to atmosphere. A per in 3 time is easily and accurately determined and the 90% parameter simulates a reasonable cylinder reaction without waiting for the infinite (theoretical) 00% fill or exhaust times. All Pneumadyne components are designed and tested for use with air- for use with other media, consider materials of construction. Mounting Hole Dimension Description Nominal Hole Diameter O Series 3/64 3 Series 3/64 Series 3/64 00 & 300 Series 3/ Series 3/64 Sub-Micro Valve Button 7/64 Toggle /64 3 Position Toggle Valve 3/4 6 Position Selector Valve 4/64 Heavy Duty Toggle Valve 5/8 ( 4 Series) 4 & 45 Series 3/64 Description Nominal Hole Diameter Flow Control 3/64 Needle Valves 3/64 O & Series 3/ Series /64 Pressure Regulators 3/64 Quick Exhaust Series 3/64 Air Operated Electric Switch 3/64 Oil Tight Actuators 30mm -3/6 Push-to-Connect Fitting Option To order 45 or 400 Series valve with push-to-connect option use suffix: Suffix A B -5 to indicate /8 PI to indicate 5/3 PI to indicate /4 PI.6.47 l For use with 95A durometer polyurethane tubing See Pneumadyne Fitting section for ordering information 04

105 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Additional Information and Specifications Fluid Power Graphic Symbols WNC 4-Way -Position 4-Way 5 Ports -Position Exhaust center WNO Directional Control -Way 3-Position Closed center 3WNC 4-Way 5 Ports 3-Position Closed center 3WNO 3-Way 3-Position Open center 4-Way 5 Ports 3-Position Exhaust center Push Button Cam Operated Solenoid Operated 0 Series 3-Position Detent Actuators Toggle Pilot Operated Pilot and Solenoid 0 Series Palm Button Control Valves & Valve Accessories WNC Solenoid Actuator Circuit Control 3WNC Solenoid Actuator All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice Bookmark pneumadyne.com for standard and new product information and useful links Shuttle Valve Needle Valve Quick Disconnect l Download 3D CAD drawings l View detailed product information Check Valve Flow Control Regulator Quick Exhaust l See What s New l Review industry related solutions l Request technical support 05

106 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Miniature size (.08 OAL) l Direct acting l Mounting versatility l Lightweight (.4 oz) l Manual override l Fast response time l LED standard l & 3-way normally closed, 3-way normally open & 3-Way Solenoid Valves 0 mm Pneumadyne's 0 mm direct acting solenoid valves are a cost effective, space saving solution for the use of single or multiple valves. An overall length of.08" and height of.5" make this valve the ideal choice for limited space applications. This versatile valve offering includes & 4 Volt DC and a low watt 4 Volt DC. Fast response times and high flow rates make this miniature valve suitable for numerous applications. Pneumatic Performance Data 0 mm Orifice/ Function 0.7 mm NC 0.5 mm NC Temperature Range Operating Pressure C v 0 o F to 0 o F (-5 C to 50 C)* Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi Max. psi psi (7 bar) psi (7 bar) Fill Time sec/ in psi.8.54 Exhaust Time sec/ in psi.3.54 Select from three connector options to simplify valve installation. Convenient Line & 90 Connectors (both with LED) provide quick electrical connection when used in conjunction with the plug-in cable (sold separately). The standard Flying Lead Connector features 300 mm wires for direct connection. Life Expectancy 50 million maximum cycles per minute 0.7 mm NO Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 *00% Duty Cycled Electrical Performance Data 0 mm Voltage Tolerance -5 % to 0% Materials psi (7 bar) Response Time Energize Connector wire gauge: 4 AWG Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class 8 ms 0 ms F 3 F (55 C) Copper, Nylon-Glass Filled, Stainless Steel, Buna-N

107 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax mm Solenoid Valve Cross Section -Way & 3-Way Normally Closed 3-Way 3 3 Normally Open 3-Way De-energized Energized De-energized Energized Normally Closed -Way Port Designation Input Port Output Port 3 Exhaust Port 3 Flow Rate (scfm) 0 mm Solenoid Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) 05 Ø 0.7 mm Orifice,.3 W Solenoid Valves & Accessories De-energized Energized Product Number Diagram 0 mm Position Indicators- Silver plate indicates Normally Closed valve, Black plate indicates Normally Open valve S0MM-30-- Actuator Solenoid 0 mm Function = -Way 3= 3-Way Position One 0= Normally Closed = Normally Open Voltage = V DC 4= 4V DC 4LW= 4V DC (0.6 Watt) Example: 0 mm, 3-Way, Normally Closed, V DC, Flying Leads Connectors = Flying Leads 300 mm 3= Line Connector w/led 4= 90 Connector w/led 90 Connectors and Line Connectors offer plumbing versatility and feature a "surge voltage suppressor" Plug-in Cable lengths of 300 mm, 500 mm, and 000 mm are available for fast connection to Line and 90 Connectors 07

108 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Cover Plates effectively conceal unused manifold stations and block valve supply port (sold separately) 0 mm four station manifold with Line and 90 Connectors Product Information 0 mm -Way Normally Closed Part Number Connection DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm S0MM-0-- Flying Leads S0MM-0--3 Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm S0MM-0-4- Flying Leads S0MM Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 LW/.6 Watt/ Orifice.5mm S0MM-0-4LW- Flying Leads S0MM-0-4LW-3 Line Connector S0MM-0-4LW-4 90 Connector 3-Way Normally Closed Part Number Connection DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm S0MM-30-- Flying Leads S0MM Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm S0MM Flying Leads S0MM Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 LW/.6 Watt/ Orifice.5mm S0MM-30-4LW- Flying Leads S0MM-30-4LW-3 Line Connector S0MM-30-4LW-4 90 Connector 3-Way Normally Open Part Number Connection DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm S0MM-3-- Flying Leads S0MM-3--3 Line Connector S0MM Connector 4 DC/.6 Watt/ Orifice.7mm S0MM-3-4- Flying Leads S0MM Line Connector S0MM Connector Accessories Part Number Description SMMC-300 Plug-in cable 300 mm SMMC-500 Plug-in cable 500 mm SMMC-000 Plug-in cable 000 mm MSV0-CP 0 mm cover plate Variety of voltages, orifices and connectors are available - contact factory with requirements 08

109 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Flying Leads " Flying Leads.70 Line Connector - Connector -3 Connector 90 Connector -4 Connector.5 0 mm Solenoid Valve mm Port Designation Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Cover Plates available for use with manifolds. l Plug-in Cable for use with Line and 90 Connectors available. l Mounting screws provided. Polarity Counts! Some valves require + to + and - to - connection Solenoid Valves & Accessories mm Footprint l All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. To centerline spacing.43 Minimum centerline Datum zero X.047 Max To req d depth X M.7 X MET For use with Pneumadyne s 0 mm manifolds and bases. Click here for ordering information. 09

110 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Miniature size (.65 OAL) l Direct acting l Mounting versatility l Lightweight (.3 oz) l Manual override l Fast response time l LED standard l & 3-way normally closed, & 3-way normally open & 3-Way Solenoid Valves 5 mm Pneumadyne's 5 mm direct acting solenoid valves are a cost effective, space saving solution for the use of single or multiple valves. A wide variety of connector, electrical and mounting options are available to accommodate numerous applications. Convenient Line & 90 Connectors (both with LED) provide quick electrical connection when used in conjunction with the plug-in cable (sold separately). The standard Flying Lead features 300 mm wires for direct connection. The 5 mm valves incorporate a fourth option, the Spade Connector, providing installation versatility (DIN Connector available). Life Expectancy 50 million maximum cycles per minute (with standard working conditions) This versatile valve offering includes Volt DC, 4 Volt DC and 0 Volt AC coils. Three orifice diameters, 0.8 mm,. mm &.6 mm, are also available to fit flow rates to application requirements. Fast response times and high flow rates make this miniature valve ideal for a wide variety of applications. Pneumatic Performance Data 5 mm Temperature Range Electrical Performance Data 5 mm Voltage Tolerance -5 % to 0% Materials Response Time Energize 0 ms Connector wire gauge: 4 AWG 0 o F to 0 o F (-5 C to 50 C)* Orifice/ Operating Cv Flow Rate Fill Time Exhaust Time Function Pressure (scfm) sec/ in3 sec/ in3 50 psi Max. psi0-90 psi 00-0 psi E, 0.8/. mm 50 NC, LW 50 psi (0 bar) D,./. mm 50 psi.08.0 NC 50 psi (0 bar) D,./. mm 05 NO 05 psi (7 bar) B,.6/.6 mm 05 psi NC 05 psi (7 bar) B,.6/.6 mm 75 NO 75 psi (5 bar) C,.6/. mm 05 NO 05 psi (7 bar) Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3, *00% Duty Cycled Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class ms F 3 F (55 C) Copper, Nylon-Glass Filled, Stainless Steel, Buna-N 0

111 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax mm Solenoid Valve Cross Section 3-Way 3-Way Normally Closed 3 3-Way Normally Open Back View: The normally open (NO) gasket channels input flow allowing NO valves and NC valves to be mounted on the same porting footprint 3 3 De-energized Energized De-energized Energized Port Designation Input Port Output Port 3 Exhaust Port Product Number Diagram 5 mm S5MM-30--0B 3 5 mm Solenoid Flow Chart Normally Closed Flow Rate (scfm) Input Pressure (psi) Ø 0.8 mm Orifice,.0 W Ø. mm Orifice,.3 W Ø.6 mm Orifice,.3 W 5 mm Solenoid Flow Chart Normally Open.5 Flow Rate (scfm) Input Pressure (psi) Solenoid Valves & Accessories Actuator Solenoid 5 mm Function = -Way 3= 3-Way Position One 0= Normally Closed = Normally Open Orifice B= Ø.6/.6 mm C = Ø.6/. mm Connectors (NO only) 0= Spade D= Ø./. mm = Flying Leads E= Ø 0.8/. mm 300 mm 3= Line Connector w/led 4= 90 Connector w/led Voltage = V DC W = V DC Watt 4= 4V DC 4W= 4V DC Watt 0 = 0 AC Example: 5 mm, 3-Way, Normally Closed, V DC, Spade Connector,.6 mm Ø Orifice Ø. mm Orifice,.3 W Ø.6 mm Orifice,.3 W Polarity Counts! Some components require + to + and - to - connection

112 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax mm Cover Plate (sold separately) includes mounting screws DIN Connectors (sold separatelyshown installed) available for 5 mm Spade Connector Normally closed and normally open 5 mm valves can be mounted on the same manifold Coil can be rotated 80 Cylinder Control Valves are ideal for applications requiring controlled movement of single-acting spring return cylinders. Designed for use with Pneumadyne s 5mm valves. Product Information 5 mm -Way Normally Closed Part Number Connection V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0--0B Spade S5MM-0--B Flying Leads S5MM-0--3B Line Connector S5MM-0--4B 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0--0D Spade S5MM-0--D Flying Leads S5MM-0--3D Line Connector S5MM-0--4D 90 Connector V DC/.0 Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-W-0E Spade S5MM-0-W-E Flying Leads S5MM-0-W-3E Line Connector S5MM-0-W-4E 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4-0B Spade S5MM-0-4-B Flying Leads S5MM-0-4-3B Line Connector S5MM-0-4-4B 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4-0D Spade S5MM-0-4-D Flying Leads S5MM-0-4-3D Line Connector S5MM-0-4-4D 90 Connector 4V DC/.0 Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-0-4W-0E Spade S5MM-0-4W-E Flying Leads S5MM-0-4W-3E Line Connector S5MM-0-4W-4E 90 Connector -Way Normally Open Part Number Connection V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 75 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM---0B Spade S5MM---B Flying Leads S5MM---3B Line Connector S5MM---4B 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/. mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM---0C Spade S5MM---C Flying Leads S5MM---3C Line Connector S5MM---4C 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 75 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM--4-0B Spade S5MM--4-B Flying Leads S5MM--4-3B Line Connector S5MM--4-4B 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM--4-0C Spade S5MM--4-C Flying Leads S5MM--4-3C Line Connector S5MM--4-4C 90 Connector Accessories Part Number Description SMMC-300 Plug-in cable 300 mm SMMC-500 Plug-in cable 500 mm SMMC-000 Plug-in cable 000 mm MSV5-CP SMM-DIN SMM-MDIN 5mm cover plate DIN (5 mm ONLY) Molded DIN cable 3 M (5 mm ONLY)

113 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information 5 mm 3-Way Normally Closed Part Number Connection V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-30--0B Spade S5MM-30--B Flying Leads S5MM-30--3B Line Connector S5MM-30--4B 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-30--0D Spade S5MM-30--D Flying Leads S5MM-30--3D Line Connector S5MM-30--4D 90 Connector V DC/.0 Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-30-W-0E Spade S5MM-30-W-E Flying Leads S5MM-30-W-3E Line Connector S5MM-30-W-4E 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM B Spade S5MM-30-4-B Flying Leads S5MM B Line Connector S5MM B 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM D Spade S5MM-30-4-D Flying Leads S5MM D Line Connector S5MM D 90 Connector 4V DC/.0 Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm 50 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-30-4W-0E Spade S5MM-30-4W-E Flying Leads S5MM-30-4W-3E Line Connector S5MM-30-4W-4E 90 Connector 3-Way Normally Closed (Cont d) Part Number Connection 0V AC/.8 VA/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM B Spade S5MM-30-0-B Flying Leads S5MM B Line Connector S5MM B 90 Connector 0V AC/.8 VA/ Orifice./.mm S5MM D Spade S5MM-30-0-D Flying Leads S5MM D Line Connector S5MM D 90 Connector 3-Way Normally Open Part Number Connection V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 75 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-3--0B Spade S5MM-3--B Flying Leads S5MM-3--3B Line Connector S5MM-3--4B 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/. mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-3--0C Spade S5MM-3--C Flying Leads S5MM-3--3C Line Connector S5MM-3--4C 90 Connector V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./. mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-3--0D Spade S5MM-3--D Flying Leads S5MM-3--3D Line Connector S5MM-3--4D 90 Connector Pneumadyne s Solenoid Valves are recommended for use with our solenoid manifolds & single bases. For mounting convenience, single to -station manifolds are available with 0-3 (F) or M5 (F) threads. See page 6 for product for ordering information. 3-Way Normally Open (Cont d) Part Number Connection 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.6 mm 75 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-3-4-0B Spade S5MM-3-4-B Flying Leads S5MM-3-4-3B Line Connector S5MM-3-4-4B 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice.6/.mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-3-4-0C Spade S5MM-3-4-C Flying Leads S5MM-3-4-3C Line Connector S5MM-3-4-4C 90 Connector 4V DC/.5 Watt/ Orifice./.mm 05 psi- Max. Operating Pressure S5MM-3-4-0D Spade S5MM-3-4-D Flying Leads S5MM-3-4-3D Line Connector S5MM-3-4-4D 90 Connector Solenoid Valves & Accessories 3

114 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Position indicators- Silver plate indicates normally closed valve Black plate indicates normally open valve 5 mm Solenoid Valve Spade -0 Connector - Connector.67 Line Connector..65 M3.36 (9.).59 Flying Leads Connector " Flying Leads -3 Connector -4 Connector Manual override is standard on all 5 mm Solenoid Valves A variety of connector options provides installation versatility Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Cover Plates available for use with manifolds. l Plug-in Cable for use with Line and 90 Connectors available. l Mounting screws provided. 5 mm Port Designation 5 mm Footprint X M3 X MET Datum zero.630 Minimum centerline To centerline spacing.9.9 l All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice X.078 Max To req d depth 4

115 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Incorporating Solenoid Valves in Custom Products For over 30 years, manufacturers have relied on Pneumadyne for innovative solutions to their fluid handling applications. Whether using standard or custom products, we take the time to understand your needs and recommend components and systems that best fit your requirements. Solenoid Operated Custom Products l Reduce system size through component consolidation l Ease product installation saving time & money l Eliminate potential leak-points l Improve efficiency & appearance through good design l Increase reliability with quality components Solenoid Valves & Accessories Incorporating solenoid valves in custom products allows Pneumadyne engineers to consolidate components into a common body thereby reducing system size and easing product installation. Component consolidation also decreases the number of external connections, eliminating potential leak-points in your application. From basic lifting mechanisms to critical medical devices, the breadth of Pneumadyne s solenoid offering lends itself to a wide variety of applications. Four styles of high quality valves provide an assortment of voltage, connection and wattage options to ensure that specifications are met when used in custom products. With flow rates ranging from.99 to 7.5 scfm at 00 psi and response rates as low as 8 milliseconds, Pneumadyne solenoid valves are the ideal interface between your pneumatic systems and electrical controls. This distinctive valve assembly features a pressure regulator, two solenoid valves, a needle valve and fittings with precision orifices For space saving purposes, five V DC valves are condensed on a custom manifold. Push-to-connect fittings feature colored collets to speed installation and simplify line identification. 5

116 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Multiple mounting options l Independent coil orientation l Manual override l & 3-Way normally closed l DIN Connector available & 3-Way Solenoid Valves System 6 System 6 solenoids offer fast response times. A wide variety of voltages is available to fit application specifications. The low wattage (0.8 watt) version is ideal for use in low power control circuits. Single to 5-station manifolds are available for mounting convenience. System 6 solenoids can be fixed in either direction on the manifold and coil orientation is independent of valve orientation. Pneumatic Performance Data System 6 Temperature Range Orifice/ Wattage Ø 0.6 mm / 0.8 watt Ø.0 mm /.9 watt, 3. VA Electrical Performance Data System 6 Voltage Tolerance Operating Pressure Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Response Time Energize C v 5 F to F (-5 C to 50 C) Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi 0-5 psi Response Time De-energize Fill Time sec/ in psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi 0-5 psi Copper Wire Insulation Class -0% to 0% 5 ms 7 ms F 3 F (55 C) Life Expectancy 0 million cycles Flying leads wire gauge: 4 AWG Materials Brass, Enameled Copper, Viton, Polyimide, Cr-Ni-Steel 6

117 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax System 6 Solenoid Valve Cross Section -Way & 3-Way Energized Energized Energized 3 3-Way Normally Closed 3 3-Way Normally Open -Way Normally Closed Port designation 3 Input Port Output Port Exhaust Port Flow Rate (scfm) Flow Rate (scfm) System 6 Flow Chart.0 Orifice Input Pressure (psi) System 6 Flow Chart 0.6 Orifice Solenoid Valves & Accessories The low wattage (0.8 watt) version solenoid valve is ideal for use in low power control circuits Input Pressure (psi) 8 0 AWG Flying Leads 7

118 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax DIN Connector (shown installed) Provides dust and watertight termination while relieving strain between cable and solenoid Product Information System 6 -Way Normally Closed Part Number Description Orifice.0 mm S /0 AC, 3. VA, Spade S /0 AC, 3. VA, Flying Leads S DC,.9 Watt, Spade S6-0-- DC,.9 Watt, Flying Leads S /40 AC, 3. VA, Spade S /40 AC, 3. VA, Flying Leads S6-0-4AC-0 4 AC, 3. VA, Spade S6-0-4AC- 4 AC, 3. VA, Flying Leads S DC,.9 Watt, Spade S DC,.9 Watt, Flying Leads 3-Way Normally Closed Part Number Description Orifice.0 mm S /0 AC, 3. VA, Spade S /0 AC, 3. VA, Flying Leads S DC,.9 Watt, Spade S DC,.9 Watt, Flying Leads S /40 AC, 3. VA, Spade S /40 AC, 3. VA, Flying Leads S6-30-4AC-0 4 AC, 3. VA, Spade S6-30-4AC- 4 AC, 3. VA, Flying Leads S DC,.9 Watt, Spade S DC,.9 Watt, Flying Leads System 6 coil can be fixed at o clock, 3, 6, and 9 o clock on the valve body Coil orientation is independent of valve orientation Part Number Description Orifice 0.6 mm S6-0-LW-0 DC, 0.8 Watt, Spade S6-0-LW- DC, 0.8 Watt, Flying Leads S6-0-4LW-0 4 DC, 0.8 Watt, Spade S6-0-4LW- 4 DC, 0.8 Watt, Flying Leads Part Number Description Orifice 0.6 mm S6-30-LW-0 DC, 0.8 Watt, Spade S6-30-LW- DC, 0.8 Watt, Flying Leads S6-30-4LW-0 4 DC, 0.8 Watt, Spade S6-30-4LW- 4 DC, 0.8 Watt, Flying Leads Accessories S6-DIN DIN Connector For use with Pneumadyne s System 6 manifolds and bases. See page 9 for product and ordering information 8

119 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Actuator Solenoid System 6 Product Number Diagram System 6 Function = -Way 3= 3-Way S Position One 0= Normally Closed Voltage = V DC LW= V DC low watt (0.6 mm orifice only) 0= 0/0V AC 0= 0/40V AC 4AC= 4V AC 4= 4V DC 4LW= 4V DC low watt (0.6 mm orifice only) Connectors 0= Spade = Flying Leads 8 Example: Solenoid System 6, -Way, Normally Closed, 4V DC, Spade connectors Ordering Information l Solenoid valve and manifold sold separately. l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Mounting screws () are provided. l Contact factory for DIN Connector with LED and/or suppression. Solenoid Valves & Accessories System 6 A wide variety of voltages is available to fit application specifications Footprint X M3.6 Min Deep Ø.089 Input port Ø Ø Output port.630 Can be located anywhere on Ø.348 circle l All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified. When design makes a dimensions critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 9

120 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Multiple mounting options l Independent coil orientation l Manual override l & 3-Way normally closed, 3-Way normally open l DIN connector available l 6.0 Watt coils & 3-Way Solenoid Valves System 8 Pneumadyne's System 8 Solenoid Valves feature a larger orifice for applications requiring higher flow rates. A variety of voltage and mounting options are available to fit system specifications. Our single base and to 0- station manifolds are convenient solutions for plumbing single or multiple valves. System 8 solenoid valves can be fixed in either direction on the manifold and coil orientation is independent of valve orientation. Pneumatic Performance Data System 8 Temperature Range Orifice/ Function.5 mm/ 3WNC / 3WNO.5 mm/ WNC Electrical Performance Data System 8 Voltage Tolerance -0% to 0% Operating Pressure Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Response Time Energize C v 5 F to F (-5 C to 50 C) Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi 0-50 psi psi N/A Response Time De-energize Fill Time sec/ in psi Copper Wire Insulation Class 8 ms 9 ms F 3 F (55 C) Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Materials Brass, Enameled Copper, Viton, Polyimide, Cr-Ni-Steel System 8 Solenoid Valves feature a larger orifice for applications requiring higher flow rates 0

121 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax System 8 Solenoid Valve Cross Section -Way & 3-Way Energized Energized Energized 3 3-Way Normally Closed 3 Port designation 3 Input Port Output Port Exhaust Port 3-Way Normally Open -Way Normally Closed Flow Rate (scfm) System 8 Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) Ø.5 mm Orifice Ø.5 mm Orifice Solenoid Valves & Accessories Actuator Solenoid System 8 Product Number Diagram System 8 Function = -Way 3= 3-Way S Position One 0= Normally Closed = Normally Open Voltage = V DC 0= 0/0V AC 0= 0/40V AC 4= 4V DC Connectors 0= Spade Example: Solenoid System 8, 3-Way, Normally Closed, V DC, Spade connectors S8-DIN- Degree of protection according to IEC 59 in attached state: IP 65 Cable outlet can be turned 80 Surge suppression available with LED light to 0-station manifolds are convenient solutions for plumbing single or multiple valves

122 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax DIN Connector (shown installed) Provides dust and watertight termination while relieving strain between cable and solenoid Product Information System 8 -Way Normally Closed Part Number Description Orifice.5 mm S DC, 6.0 Watt S DC, 6.0 Watt S /0 AC, 9.3 VA S /40 AC, 9.3 VA 3-Way Normally Closed Part Number Description Orifice.5 mm S DC, 6.0 Watt S DC, 6.0 Watt S /0 AC, 9.3 VA S /40 AC, 9.3 VA System 8 3-Way Normally Open Part Number Description Orifice.5 mm S DC, 6.0 Watt S DC, 6.0 Watt S /0 AC, 9.3 VA S /40 AC, 9.3 VA Accessories S8-DIN DIN Connector Footprint System 8 coil can be fixed at o clock, 3, 6, and 9 o clock on the valve body X M3x MIN. Ø.00 Input Port Ø.00 Output Port Can be located anywhere on Ø.380 circle Ø Coil orientation is independent of valve orientation l All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified. When design makes a dimensions critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Ordering Information l Solenoid valve and manifold sold separately. l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Mounting screws () are provided. l Contact factory for DIN Connector with LED and/or suppression. l EPDM seals are optional. Contact factory for ordering information.

123 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Pneumatic Performance Data 0 mm 5 mm 5 mm Temperature Range Orifice/ Function.75 mm NC. mm NC.6 mm NC Electrical Performance Data Power (Watt) Operating Pressure Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 *Will operate at.0 psi Voltages C v 0 to 50 psi to 05 psi Voltage Tolerance 0 o F to 0 o F (-5 C to 50 C) Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi Max. psi 0 to 05 psi.06 05psi (7 Bar) 50 psi (0 bar) 05 psi (7 bar) Response Time Energize Fill Time sec/ in psi..073 Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Response Copper Wire Time Insulation De-energize Class Features l Momentary pulse required to energize & to de-energize l 3-Wire system (5 mm) l Relay not required to reverse polarity (5 mm) l -Way & 3-Way normally closed l Fast response time l & 4 V DC l 0 mm & 5 mm valves l Miniature size & 3-Way Latching Solenoid Valves 0 & 5 mm Pneumadyne s 0 mm & 5 mm Latching Solenoid Valves are ideal for applications where power is limited or coil heating is unwanted; continuous power is not required to maintain the energized position. An internal magnet holds the valve in the open position when the power supply is removed, saving power consumption. Fast response times allow for a momentary pulse to energize and deenergize the valves. The 5 mm valves need only 0 milliseconds to energize and milliseconds to de-energize. Solenoid Valves & Accessories 0 mm.6 4 DC -5 % to 0% 8 ms 0 ms F 3 F (55 C) 5 mm 4 DC, 4 DC -5 % to 0% 0 ms ms F 3 F (55 C) Flying leads wire gauge: 4 AWG Materials Copper, Nylon-Glass Filled, Stainless Steel, Buna-N Life Expectancy 50 million cycles- with standard working conditions-@,700 maximum cycles per minute 5 mm valves energize in 0 milliseconds and de-energize in milliseconds 3

124 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Flow Rate (scfm) Latching Solenoid Flow Chart Input Pressure (psi) 0 mm Ø.75 mm Orifice,.3 W 5 mm Ø. mm Orifice, 4.0 W 5 mm Ø.6 mm Orifice, 4.0 W Pneumadyne s Latching Solenoid Valves are recommended for use with our solenoid manifolds & single bases. For mounting convenience, single to -station manifolds are available with 0-3 (F) or M5 (F) threads Actuator Solenoid Product Number Diagram Latching Solenoid Valve S5MML-30--B Valve Size/ Latching 0 mm Latching 5 mm Latching Function 0= -Way Normally Closed 30= 3-Way Normally Closed Voltage = V DC 4= 4V DC Connectors = Flying Leads 300 mm Orifice B= Ø mm D= Ø.-. mm Example: 5 mm, Latching, 3-Way, Normally Closed, V DC, Flying Lead Connector,.6 mm Ø Orifice Function: 0 mm Valve The 0 mm valve features a -wire system to reverse polarity. Applying an electrical signal to the Red wire and ground to the Black wire energizes (latches) the valve. An internal magnet holds the valve in the energized (open) position when the power supply is removed. Reversing the wires, ground to Red and electrical signal to Black, de-energizes (unlatches) the valve. -Wire System Power to Red, Ground to Black Latch / Energize Ground to Red, Power to Black Unlatch / De-energize Manifolds are designed for use with specific valves. Be sure to select from the correct product grouping when ordering manifolds and bases for use with solenoid valves Function: 5 mm Valve The 5 mm valves feature a 3-wire system to reverse polarity; Relays are not required. Applying an electrical signal to the Brown wire energizes (latches) the valve. The internal magnet holds the valve in the energized (open) position when the power supply is removed. Applying an electrical signal to the Blue wire de-energizes (unlatches) the valve. 3-Wire System Brown Latch / Energize / + Black Common / - Blue Unlatch / De-energize / + Single bases available with a variety of porting options 4

125 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Port designation.40 Input Port Output Port 3 Exhaust Port.06 Latching Solenoid Valve Port Designation Footprint To centerline spacing.43 Minimum centerline Datum zero X.047 Max To req d depth X M.7 X MET 0 mm Product Information -Way Normally Closed Part Number Voltage Orifice 5 mm (4.0 Watt) S5MML-0--B DC.6 mm S5MML-0--D DC. mm S5MML-0-4-B 4 DC.6 mm S5MML-0-4-D 4 DC. mm Flying Leads Flying Leads 3-Way Normally Closed Part Number Voltage Orifice 0 mm (.6 Watt) Flying Leads S0MML DC.75 mm 5 mm (4.0 Watt) S5MML-30-6-B 6 DC.6 mm S5MML-30--B DC.6 mm S5MML-30--D DC. mm S5MML-30-4-B 4 DC.6 mm S5MML-30-4-D 4 DC. mm Solenoid Valves & Accessories.59 Latching Solenoid Valve Port Designations.33 5 mm Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing Footprint l Solenoid valve and manifold sold separately. l Cover Plates available for use with manifolds. l Mounting screws () are provided..66 Port designation Input Port Output Port 3 Exhaust Port X M3 X MET Datum zero.630 Minimum centerline To centerline spacing X.078 Max To req d depth l All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified. When design makes a dimensions critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 5

126 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Single to stations l Variety of port sizes l Compact l Precision machined l Anodized aluminum for corrosion resistance Manifolds & Single Bases For use with Pneumadyne Solenoid Valves Pneumadyne manifolds are a compact, cost effective solution for mounting multiple solenoid valves. Single to - station manifolds are available with 0-3 (F), M5 (F), /8 NPT (F) or /4 NPT (F) threads. For added versatility, the single bases also feature 5/3 push-to-connect. All manifolds are anodized for corrosion resistance. Cover plates are available to conceal unused stations and block the valve supply port. Manifolds are designed for use with specific valves. Be sure to select from the correct product grouping when ordering manifolds and bases for use with solenoid valves. Performance Data Materials Temperature Range -0 F to 00 F -3 C to 93 C Aluminum/ Anodize Port Options Operating Pressure Determined by Valve Manifold Single Station Multiple Station Pressure Output 0 mm 5 mm l M5 l 0-3 l 5/3 PI l M5 l 0-3 l 5/3 PI l 0-3 l M5 /8 NPT l 0-3 l M5 0-3 System /8 NPT 0-3 l Push-to-connect fittings available for /8 and 5/3 OD tubing. (For use with multiple station manifolds) System 8 /8 NPT /4 NPT 0-3 Fitting Recommendations Standard /4 hex O-ring fittings are recommended for use with standard threaded manifolds and single bases. Please refer to Pneumadyne s full line catalog for fitting information. Fittings must be installed prior to mounting valves. 6

127 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax mm Manifold Multiple Station 0-3 or M5 ports For use with Pneumadyne s 0 mm Solenoid Valves. See page 06 for product information A.8 B.4 MSV mm Manifolds Part Number Stations A B MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV0--M5.6.4 MSV0-4-M MSV0-6-M MSV0-8-M MSV0-0-M MSV0--M Solenoid Valves & Accessories 0 mm Single Bases Single Station Non-threaded exhaust MSV0-0-3 ports MSV0--M5 M5 ports.75 Exhaust X 0-3 or M X C'Bore Ø. x. Deep Ø.3 Thru l For use with /4 hex fittings MSV0-P MSV0--M5P X 0-3 or M5 A B C MSV /3 push-to-connect ports Exhaust Port Designation NC NO A Input Exhaust B Exhaust Input C Output Output X C Bore Ø. x. Deep Ø.3 Thru 0 mm Single Bases Part Number StationsLgth wdth hgt MSV MSV0--M MSV MSV0-P MSV0--M5P Mounting Instructions 0 mm Normally Open Valves l Single bases -use MSV0-P l Multiple station manifolds - plumb exhaust port (E) as input, pressure port (P) becomes exhaust l Cannot be mounted with normally closed valves on the same manifold X C'Bore. x. Deep.3 Thru.50.5 l All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified. When design makes a dimensions critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Refer to fitting recommendation information 7

128 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax mm Manifolds Part Number Stations A B MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV5--M MSV5-4-M MSV5-6-M MSV5-8-M MSV5-0-M MSV5--M Normally closed and normally open 5 mm valves can be mounted on the same manifold MSV X Ø A B mm Manifold Multiple Station /8 NPT Pressure and Exhaust ports 0-3 Output ports mm Bases Part Number Stations Lgth wdth hgt MSV MSV5--M MSV5--M5P MSV5-P MSV MSV5-0-3 MSV5--M5 M5 ports Exhaust Ø l For use with /4 hex fittings mm Single Bases Single Station MSV5-P 0-3 ports MSV5--M5P M5 ports Exhaust: parallel/threaded Ø l For use with /4 hex fittings Solenoid single bases and multiple station manifolds feature a clear anodic coating which provides corrosion and wear resistance We design custom products to meet your application needs MSV /3 push-to-connect ports Exhaust Ø * Single base mount: Valve hangs over ports (pg. 4 lower photo).3.4 We design custom products to meet your application needs 8

129 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax System 6 Manifold System 6 Base MSV6- X Ø.0 Thru.687 System 8 Manifold System 8 Base MSV8- (.50) 4 X Ø.7 Thru (.000).50 A B Output Ports /8 NPT Pressure Ports.5 (.65).50 (.000) XØ UNC Output Ports A 4X Ø.59 Thru All B X 0-3 Ports "SQ. /4 NPT Pressure Ports X /8 NPT System 6 Manifolds Part Number Stations A B MSV6- See Drawing MSV MSV MSV MSV System 6 parallel ported single station manifold System 8 Manifolds Part Number Stations A B MSV8- See Drawing MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV MSV Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Contact factory for custom colors. l Cover Plates available. l Solenoid valves sold separately. Refer to Solenoid Valve section for ordering information. Solenoid Valves & Accessories 9

130 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Controls cylinder extension and retraction l Allows rapid cylinder return l 3-Way Normally Closed l Quick Exhaust & Needle Valve options l Male pipe thread for direct mount to single acting spring return cylinders Cylinder Control Bases When used in conjunction with Pneumadyne s 5 mm Solenoid Valves, these precision machined bases are an ideal choice for applications requiring controlled movement of single-acting spring return cylinders. Configurations featuring a quick exhaust and/or needle valve are available to easily control cylinder extension and retraction speeds. These precision machined valves were designed for use with Pneumadyne s 5 mm Solenoid Valves (sold separately). Materials Brass/Electroless Nickel, Aluminum/Anodize, Stainless Steel, Buna-N, Urethane Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media -0 o to 60 o F 0 to 5 psi Air Product Max. Flow (scfm) C v Fill Time Exhaust 50 psi 5 psi sec/in3 Time 0-90 psi sec/ in psi CCV-F CCV-F CCV-F CCV-F CCV Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3 Operator: 5 mm 3WNC solenoid valve Ø.6 mm orifice (sold separately) Five configurations are available to accommodate cylinder extension and retraction requirements: CCV-F- features a 0-3 (F) input port and /8 NPT output port. Input pressure determines the rate of cylinder extension while the cylinder s spring controls rod retraction. CCV-F- offers the combination of a Needle Valve and Quick Exhaust providing controlled cylinder movement in both directions. A built-in Needle Valve in the input port, 0-3 (F), controls cylinder extension while the /8 NPT Quick Exhaust in the output port allows rapid cylinder return. CCV-F-3 provides a 0-3 (F) input port and built-in Quick Exhaust with /8 NPT output port. Input pressure controls the cylinder extension and the Quick Exhaust allows rapid cylinder return. CCV-F-4 features a built-in Needle Valve in the input port, 0-3 (F), for controlled cylinder extension. The cylinder s spring controls rod retraction. CCV-44-4 features /8 NPT (F) input and output ports. A built-in Needle Valve in the input port provides controlled cylinder extension while the cylinder s spring controls rod retraction. 30

131 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax CCV-F- CCV-F- CCV-F-3 (.733).65 (.305).65 (.733) (.573) CCV-F-4 CCV-44-4 Cylinder Control Valve (.305) (.305).65 (.573).65 (.573) Flow Rate (scfm) Cylinder Control Valve Max. Flow vs. Input Pressure Cylinder Control Valve Turns vs. Pressure for Needle Valves Input Pressure (psi) CCV-F- CCV-F-4,CCV-44-4 CCV-F- & CCV-F-3 Solenoid Valves & Accessories psi Function Applying an electrical signal to the solenoid results in the controlled rod movement determined by the Cylinder Control Base. Product Information Flow Rate (scfm) psi Turns Open Part Number Input Output CCV-F- 0-3 (F) /8 NPT CCV-F- 0-3 (F) Needle Valve /8 NPT Quick Exhaust CCV-F (F) /8 NPT Quick Exhaust CCV-F (F) Needle Valve /8 NPT CCV-44-4 /8 NPT (F) Needle Valve /8 NPT (F) Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l 5 mm Solenoid Valves sold separately. l Contact factory for custom porting configurations. Ideal for controlling the movement of single-acting spring return cylinders 3

132 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l 3-way normally closed, 3-way normally open & 4-way l Manual override l Balanced spool l Mounting versatility l Lubricated and Nonlubricated air l Several connector options l Low power consumption Solenoid & Air Pilot Operated 3 & 4-Way Valves "0" Series The modular design of Pneumadyne's "0" Series provides plumbing convenience and mounting versatility. For installation flexibility, these high flow 3-way and 4-way valves are available with a 0-3 (F) air pilot or a variety of watt 5 mm solenoid operators. Precision machining and an exclusive plating process ensure a long product life and enable the valves to be used with lubricated and non-lubricated air. Materials Aluminum/Anodize, Brass/Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, Copper, Nylon-Glass Filled Tested for millions of trouble free cycles Two Body Styles Provide Versatility The unique design of the Universal valve body allows inline or multiple station manifold mounting. When used with Pneumadyne's Universal Manifolds, the 0-3 (F) cylinder ports are located on the top of the valve body and exhaust flow is directed through /8 NPT (F) ports on the manifold. This configuration is ideal for applications requiring the capture and removal of exhaust flow. The Manifold ported valve body must be used with Pneumadyne's 0 Series standard manifolds. This compact valve package features 0-3 (F) output ports located on one side of the manifold contributing to a cleaner, faster installation. Positioning the input and output ports on the manifold permits the valve to be changed without disconnecting system plumbing. Speed control valves can be used in the 0-3 (F) exhaust ports located on top of the valve body, ideal for controlling cylinder speeds from a central location. Pneumatic Performance Data 0 Series Temperature Range 0 o F to 0 o F (-5 C to 50 C)* Operating Pressure C Flow Rate Fill Time Exhaust Time Actuating v (scfm) sec/ in 3 sec/ in 3 Pressure 0-90 psi 00-0 psi (min. psi) 50 psi 5 psi 0-5 psi (0-8.6 bar) Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3, *00% Duty Cycled Electrical Performance Data Solenoid Operator Power Voltages Voltage Response Response Copper Wire Tolerance Time Energize Time De-energize Insulation Class Watt.8 VA.5 VA holding DC, 4 DC 0 50/60Hz Connector wire gauge: 4 AWG -5% to 0% 0 ms ms F 3 F (55 C) 3

133 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax X Ø.9 Thru Way Single Air Pilot X Ø.36 Thru Way Single Solenoid X Ø.36 Thru Pilot Port Way Single Solenoid.7.8 X Ø.36 Thru Way Double Solenoid X Ø.36 Thru X Ø.9 Thru.3.56 X Ø.36 Thru Pilot Port Series Valves 4-Way Double Air Pilot.48.6 l Drawings illustrate selected valve body dimensions, additional drawings available. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. 0-3 Pilot Port Solenoid Valves & Accessories Body U=Universal M=Manifold Product Number Diagram 0 Series S0U30-SS--0 Function 30= 3WNC 3= 3WNO 4= 4-Way 5 Port Position Voltage = V DC 4= 4V DC = 0 AC Operator SS= Single Solenoid DS= Double Solenoid AP= Single Air Pilot DP= Double Air Pilot Connectors 0= Spade = Flying Leads 300 mm 3= Line Connector w/led 4= 90 Connector w/led Example: Universal body, 3WNC, Single Solenoid, 0 AC, Spade Connector PneuTef Lightweight aluminum spools and thin profile seals enhance valve speed and ensure low breakaway. An exclusive PTFE impregnated surface results in a smooth, slippery finish extending product life. For Lubricated and Non-Lubricated Air 33

134 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Series Solenoid Flow Chart Flow Rate (scfm) Input Pressure (psi) Product Information 0 Series 3-Way Normally Closed Universal Body/ Single Solenoid Part Number Connection 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm S0U30-SS--0 Spade S0U30-SS-- Flying Leads S0U30-SS--3 Line Connector S0U30-SS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0U30-SS--0 Spade S0U30-SS-- Flying Leads S0U30-SS--3 Line Connector S0U30-SS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0U30-SS-4-0 Spade S0U30-SS-4- Flying Leads S0U30-SS-4-3 Line Connector S0U30-SS Connector 3-Way Normally Open Universal Body/ Single Solenoid Part Number Connection 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm S0U3-SS--0 Spade S0U3-SS-- Flying Leads S0U3-SS--3 Line Connector S0U3-SS Connector V DC /.3 Watt / Orifice./. mm S0U3-SS--0 Spade S0U3-SS-- Flying Leads S0U3-SS--3 Line Connector S0U3-SS Connector 4V DC /.3 Watt / Orifice./. mm S0U3-SS-4-0 Spade S0U3-SS-4- Flying Leads S0U3-SS-4-3 Line Connector S0U3-SS Connector Universal style valves are designed for single mounting or multiple station manifold mounting Product Information 0 Series Air Pilot Operated Universal Body Part Number Function S0U30-AP 3WNC S0U3-AP 3WNO S0U4-AP 4-Way, Air Pilot S0U4-DP 4-Way, Double Air Pilot Air Pilot Operated Manifold Body Part Number Function S0M30-AP 3WNC S0M3-AP 3WNO S0M4-AP 4-Way, Air Pilot S0M4-DP 4-Way, Double Air Pilot 3-Way Normally Closed Manifold Body/ Single Solenoid Part Number Connection 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm S0M30-SS--0 Spade S0M30-SS-- Flying Leads S0M30-SS--3 Line Connector S0M30-SS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0M30-SS--0 Spade S0M30-SS-- Flying Leads S0M30-SS--3 Line Connector S0M30-SS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0M30-SS-4-0 Spade S0M30-SS-4- Flying Leads S0M30-SS-4-3 Line Connector S0M30-SS Connector 3-Way Normally Open Manifold Body/ Single Solenoid Part Number Connection 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm S0M3-SS--0 Spade S0M3-SS-- Flying Leads S0M3-SS--3 Line Connector S0M3-SS Connector V DC /.3 Watt / Orifice./. mm S0M3-SS--0 Spade S0M3-SS-- Flying Leads S0M3-SS--3 Line Connector S0M3-SS Connector 4V DC /.3 Watt / Orifice./. mm S0M3-SS-4-0 Spade S0M3-SS-4- Flying Leads S0M3-SS-4-3 Line Connector S0M3-SS Connector Choose from & 4 Volt DC & 0 Volt AC to accommodate most applications. Other voltages available on special order- contact factory 34

135 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information 0 Series 4-Way 5 Port Position Universal Body/ Single Solenoid Part Number Connection 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm S0U4-SS--0 Spade S0U4-SS-- Flying Leads S0U4-SS--3 Line Connector S0U4-SS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0U4-SS--0 Spade S0U4-SS-- Flying Leads S0U4-SS--3 Line Connector S0U4-SS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0U4-SS-4-0 Spade S0U4-SS-4- Flying Leads S0U4-SS-4-3 Line Connector S0U4-SS Connector 4-Way 5 Port Position Universal Body/ Double Solenoid Part Number Connection 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm S0U4-DS--0 Spade S0U4-DS-- Flying Leads S0U4-DS--3 Line Connector S0U4-DS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0U4-DS--0 Spade S0U4-DS-- Flying Leads S0U4-DS--3 Line Connector S0U4-DS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0U4-DS-4-0 Spade S0U4-DS-4- Flying Leads S0U4-DS-4-3 Line Connector S0U4-DS Connector Solenoid Valves & Accessories 4-Way 5 Port Position Manifold Body/Single Solenoid Part Number Connection 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm S0M4-SS--0 Spade S0M4-SS-- Flying Leads S0M4-SS--3 Line Connector S0M4-SS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0M4-SS--0 Spade S0M4-SS-- Flying Leads S0M4-SS--3 Line Connector S0M4-SS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0M4-SS-4-0 Spade S0M4-SS-4- Flying Leads S0M4-SS-4-3 Line Connector S0M4-SS Connector Accessories Part Number SMMC-300 Plug-in Cable 300 mm SMMC-500 Plug-in Cable 500 mm SMMC-000 Plug-in Cable 000 mm SMM-DIN DIN Connector SMM-MDIN Molded DIN Connector 4-Way 5 Port Position Manifold Body/ Double Solenoid Part Number Connection 0V AC /.8 VA / Orifice./. mm S0M4-DS--0 Spade S0M4-DS-- Flying Leads S0M4-DS--3 Line Connector S0M4-DS Connector V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0M4-DS--0 Spade S0M4-DS-- Flying Leads S0M4-DS--3 Line Connector S0M4-DS Connector 4V DC / Watt / Orifice 0.8/. mm S0M4-DS-4-0 Spade S0M4-DS-4- Flying Leads S0M4-DS-4-3 Line Connector S0M4-DS Connector Output ports are located on one side of the standard manifold for a cleaner, faster installation 300 mm Plug-in Cable included with Line and 90 Connector Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l 300 mm Plug-in cable included with valves featuring the Line or 90 Connector. 35

136 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l to 0 station l Clear anodized aluminum for corrosion resistance l Convenient junction point l Precision machined l Lightweight 0 Series Manifolds Precision machined aluminum manifolds are a compact, cost effective method of mounting multiple "0" Series valves. The versatile design allows 3 & 4-way valves to be combined on the same manifold. Choose from two to 0-stations to accommodate application requirements. Two styles of manifolds are available to compliment the "0" Series Universal and Manifold valve bodies. Be sure to select the correct product grouping when ordering valves and manifolds. All manifolds are anodized for corrosion resistance. Cover plates are available to conceal unused stations and block the valve supply port. Performance Data Temperature Range -0 F to 00 F / -3 C to 93 C Materials Aluminum, Clear Anodize Port Designation Universal Standard Pressure /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (F) Output 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) top of valve body Exhaust /8 NPT (F) 0-3 (F) top of valve body We design custom products to meet your application needs Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Contact factory for custom colors. l Cover Plates available to conceal unused stations. l O-rings and mounting screws included with manifolds. 36

137 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Universal /8 NPT (F) Pressure and Exhaust ports.48 4X Ø.77 Thru A.7 B Series Manifold X /8 NPT S0MU-4 Product Information 0 Series Manifolds Universal (for Universal Valve Body) Part Number Stations A B S0MU S0MU S0MU S0MU S0MU Standard (for Manifold Valve Body) Part Number Stations A B S0MM S0MM S0MM S0MM S0MM Solenoid Valves & Accessories Standard /8 NPT (F) Pressure port 0-3 Output ports 4X Ø.77 Thru Accessory Part Number S0M-CP Description Cover plate A B /8 NPT Input ports S0MM-4 Cylinder speeds are easily controlled by using speed control valves in the exhaust ports on top of the valve body l All measurements in inches, unless otherwise specified. When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 0 Series manifolds are designed for use with specific valves. Be sure to select the correct product grouping when ordering valves & manifolds 37

138 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l 3-Position 4-way valves feature closed and exhaust centers l High flow rate l /8 NPT (F) ports l Balanced spool l Low power consumption l Lubricated and nonlubricated air Solenoid & Air Pilot Operated 3 & 4-Way Valves "" Series Pneumadyne's new "" Series offers high flow 3-way and 4- way configurations with /8 NPT (F) ports. In addition to the standard -Position 4-way, the "" Series also features 3- Position 4-way valves with Closed or Exhaust centers to satisfy system requirements. For installation flexibility, single or double air pilot and solenoid operators are available to shift the valve. Pneumadyne's Watt, 5 mm solenoid valves present a variety of voltage and connector options. Unique to the "" Series, our Latching Solenoid can replace two solenoid valves in a 4-way, -Position "double solenoid" configuration; an energy and space saving option. Materials Aluminum/Anodize, Brass/Electroless Nickel, Buna-N, Stainless Steel, Copper, Nylon - Glass Filled The design of the Universal valve body allows inline or multiple station manifold mounting. When used with Pneumadyne's "" Series Manifolds, the /8 NPT (F) cylinder ports are located on the top of the valve body and exhaust flow is directed through /8 NPT (F) ports on the manifold. This configuration is ideal for applications requiring the capture and removal of exhaust flow. Precision machining and our exclusive PneuTef plating process ensure a long product life and enable the valves to be used with lubricated and non-lubricated air. Pneumatic Performance Data Series Temperature Range Operating Pressure Function 3-Way Normally Closed 4-Way 5 Port Position 4-Way 5 Port 3 Position C v Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi 0 o F to 0 o F (-5 C to 50 C)* 0 to 5 psi Fill Time sec/ in psi Exhaust Time sec/ in psi Actuating Pressure (psi) Cv per ANSI / (NFPA) T3..3, *00% Duty Cycled Electrical Performance Data Solenoid Operator Voltage Tolerance -5% to 0% Response Time Energize 0 ms Connector wire gauge: 4 AWG Response Time De-energize Copper Wire Insulation Class ms F 3 F (55 C) 38

139 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax X /8 NPT Ports X Ø.7 Thru X Ø.5 Thru X Ø.5 Thru 0-3 Pilot Port X Ø.7 Thru 3.69 SU30-SS-XX-X 3X /8 NPT Ports X /8 NPT Ports.86 X Ø.7 Thru SU4-SS-XX-X 5X /8 NPT Ports.86 3 X Ø.5 Thru.69 X Ø.5 Thru 0-3 Pilot Port X Ø.7 Thru Pilot Port.9 5X /8 NPT Ports X Ø.7 Thru 5X /8 NPT Ports X Ø.5 Thru X Ø.5 Thru 0-3 Pilot Port X Ø.7 Thru 5 Series Valves SU4-DS-XX-X Solenoid Valves & Accessories SU30-AP SU4-AP SU4-DP Product Number Diagram Series SU4C-DS X /8 NPT Ports X Ø.5 Thru.5.7 Body U=Universal Function 30= 3-Way Normally Closed 4= 4-Way Position 4C= 4-Way Closed Center 4E= 4-Way Exhaust Center Voltage = V DC 4= 4V DC =0 AC Operator SS= Single Solenoid DS= Double Solenoid AP= Single Air Pilot DP= Double Air Pilot LS= Latching Solenoid Connectors 0= Spade = Flying Leads 300 mm 3= Line Connector w/led 4= 90 Connector w/led Example: Universal, 4-Way Closed Center, Double Solenoid, V DC, Spade X Ø.7 Thru SU4C-DS-XX-X SU4E-DS-XX-X l Closed Center Valves Caution: Vent working lines before disconnecting

140 Solenoid Valves & Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information Series 3-Way Normally Closed Single Solenoid Part Number Connection Air Pilot SU30-AP Air Pilot 0 AC.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm SU30-SS--0 Spade SU30-SS-- Flying Leads SU30-SS--3 Line Connector SU30-SS Connector DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU30-SS--0 Spade SU30-SS-- Flying Leads SU30-SS--3 Line Connector SU30-SS Connector 4 DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU30-SS-4-0 Spade SU30-SS-4- Flying Leads SU30-SS-4-3 Line Connector SU30-SS Connector 4-Way 5 Port Position Double Solenoid Part Number Connection Air Pilot SU4-AP Air Pilot SU4-DP Air Pilot 0 AC.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm SU4-DS--0 Spade SU4-DS-- Flying Leads SU4-DS--3 Line Connector SU4-DS Connector DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU4-DS--0 Spade SU4-DS-- Flying Leads SU4-DS--3 Line Connector SU4-DS Connector 4 DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU4-DS-4-0 Spade SU4-DS-4- Flying Leads SU4-DS-4-3 Line Connector SU4-DS Connector Our exclusive seal material accommodates low temperature applications. Contact factory for additional information 4-Way 5 Port Position Single Solenoid Part Number Connection 0 AC.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm SU4-SS--0 Spade SU4-SS-- Flying Leads SU4-SS--3 Line Connector SU4-SS Connector DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU4-SS--0 Spade SU4-SS-- Flying Leads SU4-SS--3 Line Connector SU4-SS Connector 4 DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU4-SS-4-0 Spade SU4-SS-4- Flying Leads SU4-SS-4-3 Line Connector SU4-SS Connector 4-Way 5 Port Position Latching Solenoid Single Solenoid Part Number Connection DC 3 Watt/ Orifice./. mm SU4-LS-- Flying Leads 4 DC 3 Watt/ Orifice./. mm SU4-LS-4- Flying Leads 4-Way 5 Port 3 Position Double Solenoid - Closed Center Part Number Connection 0 AC.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm SU4C-DS--0 Spade SU4C-DS-- Flying Leads SU4C-DS--3 Line Connector SU4C-DS Connector DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU4C-DS--0 Spade SU4C-DS-- Flying Leads SU4C-DS--3 Line Connector SU4C-DS Connector 4 DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU4C-DS-4-0 Spade SU4C-DS-4- Flying Leads SU4C-DS-4-3 Line Connector SU4C-DS Connector 4-Way 5 Port 3 Position Double Solenoid - Exhaust Center Part Number Connection 0 AC.8 VA/ Orifice./. mm SU4E-DS--0 Spade SU4E-DS-- Flying Leads SU4E-DS--3 Line Connector SU4E-DS Connector DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU4E-DS--0 Spade SU4E-DS-- Flying Leads SU4E-DS--3 Line Connector SU4E-DS Connector 4 DC Watt/ Orifice 0.8/. mm SU4E-DS-4-0 Spade SU4E-DS-4- Flying Leads SU4E-DS-4-3 Line Connector SU4E-DS Connector Closed Center: All ports are blocked. Caution: vent working lines before disconnection Exhaust Center: Input ports are blocked, cylinder ports are open to exhaust PneuTef Lightweight aluminum spools and thin profile seals enhance valve speed and ensure low breakaway. An exclusive PTFE impregnated surface results in a smooth, slippery finish extending product life. Can be used with Lubricated and Non-Lubricated Air 40

141 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Universal /8 NPT (F) Pressure and Exhaust ports.75 4X.8 Thru A.75 B.50 Series Manifold Product Information X /8 NPT SMU-4.99 Series Manifolds Part Number Stations A B SMU-.9.9 SMU SMU SMU SMU measurements in inches Series Accessories SM-CP SMMC-300 SMMC-500 Cover Plate Plug-in Cable 300 mm Plug-in Cable 500 mm SMMC-000 Plug-in Cable 000 mm SMM-DIN SMM-MDIN DIN Connector Molded DIN Cable 3 M Solenoid Valves & Accessories Unique to Pneumadyne's "" Series Latching Solenoid Operator l Single electrical connection l Space saving l 3-wire systemrelay not required l Momentary pulse to energize and deenergize l Power savings- do not need to maintain electrical connection The Latching Solenoid can replace two solenoid valves in a 4-way, -Position "double solenoid" configuration l Ideal for applications where power is limited or coil heating is unwanted Cover Plate- (SM-CP Sold Separately) includes mounting screws. Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l Cover Plates available for use with manifolds. l Mounting screws provided. l 300 mm Plug-in cable included with valves featuring the Line or 90 Connector. 4

142 Custom Products PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Custom Products Rely on Pneumadyne s fluid power expertise, design experience and manufacturing capabilities when developing fluid handling applications. Providing solutions that meet our customer s defined performance requirements has been a priority since Pneumadyne s inception, setting us apart in the miniature pneumatics industry. Our experienced engineers welcome the opportunity to assist in the design and manufacture of pneumatic control systems and custom directional control valves, fittings or manifolds. Contact Pneumadyne the next time your application requires a custom component. Dental Industry l Dental abrasion application l Pre-set precision pressure regulator l Two solenoid valves l Fittings with precision orifices l Needle valve l System is 00% pre-set for flow & pressure, ready for installation Energy Industry l Gas pump control application l PneuTef plating for use with raw gas l Adjustable speed control l Configuration allows for overstroke of the diaphragm pump l Push-to-connect fittings to speed tubing installation l Large internal passages for fast action 4

143 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Medical Industry Printing Industry l Fluid infusion application l Double Acting Rolling Diaphragm Cylinder l Features position feedback l Functions at.5 psi l Operatory application l Integrated manifold block contains three separate circuits l Two pre-set regulators: one at 7.5 psi, the other at psi l Four Pressure Transducers l Five Oxygen cleaned solenoid valves l Two Relief valves l Ink dispensing application l Valve block features an integrated vacuum signal, primer pump, shut-off valve, screen, orifice & check valve l Lightweight aluminum body l Pneu-Edge fittings ensure permanent tubing installation l Quick coupling for ink bag connection & disconnection Pneumadyne is recognized around the world for designing and manufacturing high quality products for use in a wide variety of industries. Our products touch lives in many ways: Abrasive Dental Equipment Textile Machines Assembly Fixtures Testing Devices CPR Devices Medical Gas Delivery Process Controls Blood Pressure Testing Computer Chip Manufacturing & Testing Fuel Management Systems Water Purification Systems Off Road & Recreational Equipment Farm & Livestock Management & Control Temperature & Ventilating Devices Food Processing Equipment Labeling Devices Liquid & Glue Dispensing Custom Products 43

144 Custom Products PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Custom Design Our experienced engineers are always available to assist in the design and development of custom products. We take pride in our ability to partner with customers and develop successful solutions for custom applications. Dedication to quality and customer satisfaction are always paramount at Pneumadyne. Value Added Service & Technology (V.A.S.T.) Our knowledge and expertise in fluid power and precision machining are an advantage when designing complimentary components. Our engineers welcome the opportunity to assist with the component requirements of value added assemblies. Contact Pneumadyne the next time you are sourcing machining support. Food & Beverage Industry l Wine preservation application l Computerized control system monitors system performance l 0-gallon vacuum tank l Quiet vacuum pump l Reduced overall size 4-hour lights out machining, increases our ability to provide custom products and fulfill low volume orders, setting us apart in the miniature pneumatics industry 44

145 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Material Handling Industry Automotive Industry l Trailer shock control application l Rugged design with mounting brackets l One input port and two output ports for two handed control l Protective silicone boot on each toggle l Heavy duty momentary toggles l Air suspension application l 300 psi solenoid valves l Epoxy sealed connectors for moisture resistance l Compact & rugged designs l Built-in check valves to hold system pressure l Pneumatic lift application l Manifold assembly features a common input port which feeds three valve blocks l Each valve block contains two solenoid valves, two relief valves & two pilot-operated check valves l Liquid pump application l Valve block features two of our Pilot Operated Cartridge Valves l Shut-off blocks are included to isolate the circuitry l A single input port supplies pressure to all three circuits l Inline pressure gauges provide constant input and output readings l A surface mount Regulator is integrated in the valve block & controls...more of the ways in which our high quality products touch lives: Sporting Goods Therapy Equipment Beverage Dispensing High Speed Conveyors Automotive Equipment Animatronics Energy Production Devices Exercise Equipment Medical Instruments Insect Control Water Sensing Devices Thermal Analysis Components DNA Archiving Equipment Chemical Control Systems Gas Sampling Devices Emissions Testing Systems Optical Grinding Equipment Custom Products 45

146 Air Jets PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l 36 possible Air Jet combinations l Several component options l Manifold for multiple use applications Air Jets What is an Air Jet? When air is directed through a tube that has a length at least three (3) times its ID a laminar air flow is created. This narrow stream of air is directable and its length is controllable by the input pressure. The application of this concept to our specially designed product, Air Jet, has proven to be very unique. The Air Jet System The modular design of the Pneumadyne Air Jet system is one of the features that makes it adaptable to an unlimited number of applications. Air Jets consist of some or all of these separate components: Nozzle ( options) Nut Base (3 options) Holder Manifold Needle Valve The introduction of a brass manifold to the Air Jet assembly provides an innovative method which allows the use of up to six (6) Air Jets. In this situation a needle valve is threaded into the manifold and tubing connects to the Air Jet base, via a barb fitting. The advantage of the manifold is the ability to control remote Air Jets at one location (to plug unused ports use an SPG-0 plug). In a typical application the needle valve is threaded into the base and the air pressure is controlled at that location. Applications Imaginations at work. Though simple in operation, the Air Jet has some very creative applications. The Air Jet was originally developed to enhance the productivity of vibratory feeder bowls. Since that first application, Air Jets have been used in a broad range of systems such as: Cooling Applications- a jet of air is directed at a drill bit to reduce heat from friction. Moving Applications- a jet of air used as a static breaker to keep dust off optical lens or to move parts off a production line. Coolant/ Lubricant Applications- lubrication via Air Jets onto the gears in overhead conveyors. Performance Data Product HAN AN Materials Temperature Range -0 o to 60 o F 8 0 to 7 0 C Operating Pressure 0 to 5 psi Orifice Size /6 /3 Cv Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi.0 3. Brass, Electroless Nickel Plating, Cold Rolled Steel, Aluminum, Black Anodizing

147 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Bases Nozzles Needle Valve /6 Air Jet Nut -3/8.5 5/6 Ø.3 TYP. 3/3" /" Ball Socket / 7/6-0 Thd. AJB NV-3 N- Air Jet Holder / -7/8 3/4 AJH (F) -/ AJB-.5 AJB- -3/ /64 5/8 /8 NPT Both Ends / / Manifold M Ø.7 Mtg Holes X4 Air Jet 6/64 Mtg Holes 0-3 (F) Ports Air Jets Ordering Information l Use Product Information listing to select air jet components. l All parts are sold separately. l Air Jet Kits available. The Air Jet Kit Pneumadyne offers Air Jet Kits for either /6 or /3 orifice nozzles. The kit includes: () Nozzles ( ea. style nozzle) (9) Brass Nuts () 0-3 (M) Needle Valves (3) Air Jet Holders (9) Bases (3 of ea. size) () Carrying Case Part Number AJK-AN AJK-HAN Description Air Jet Kit, /3 ID nozzles Air Jet Kit, /6 ID nozzles l The brass manifold is available to enhance the Air Jet System but is not included with the Air Jet Kit. Product Information Part Number Description AJB- Base AJB-.5.5 Base AJB- Base AJH Air Jet Holder AN- Nozzle, /3 ID x Straight AN- Nozzle, /3 ID x Straight AN-3 Nozzle, /3 ID x 45 0 AN-4 Nozzle, /3 ID x 90 0 AN-5 Nozzle, /3 ID x Compound AN-6 Nozzle, /3 ID x 3 Straight HAN- Nozzle, /6 ID x Straight HAN- Nozzle, /6 ID x Straight HAN-3 Nozzle, /6 ID x 45 0 HAN-4 Nozzle, /6 ID x 90 0 HAN-5 Nozzle, /6 ID x Compound HAN-6 Nozzle, /6 ID x 3 Straight 6-4-M Manifold N- Assembly Nut (Air Jets) NV-3 Needle Valve All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice 47

148 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Twelve barb sizes l Ten thread sizes l Captured O-ring design l Smaller shank l Smoother tubing approach angle l Solderless joint technology l Larger thru-hole l Consistently sharp barbs Pneu-Edge Features Twelve barb sizes are available to accommodate a variety of tubing requirements. Ten thread sizes are available ranging from 0-3, /4-8 and /6 NPT to 3/8 NPT, including metric M3, M5 and M6. Pneumadyne's captured o-ring design provides a superior seal ensuring a leak resistant fitting. A smaller shank behind the barb allows Polyurethane tubing to relax, providing a tighter grip and seal. A smoother tubing approach angle eases tubing installation. Solderless joint technology eliminates solder voids, potential leaks and heat discoloration or distortion of materials. Components are threaded together and sealed with NSF approved Loctite sealant to eliminate pull-out potential and ensure straight barb alignment. Larger thru-hole for a maximized flow path. Swiss precision machining ensures consistently sharp barbs for more permanent tubing installation. Pneu-Edge Fittings Pneu-Edge fittings feature a consistently sharp, single-barb design which provides a tighter grip and seal than standard multiple barbs. These precision machined fittings ensure permanent polyurethane tubing installation without the need for clamps. Straight connectors, tees, elbows, crosses and couplings are available in a wide variety of sizes and materials to accommodate numerous fluid handling circuits. Materials Brass/ Electroless Nickel, Buna-N O-rings Pneumadyne s Stainless Steel Pneu-Edge fittings are suitable for use in industries such as: l Food & Beverage l Medical & Dental l Semi-Conductor l Pharmaceutical l Agriculture l Chemical processing 48

149 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Options (Actual Size) Available Barbs M3 M5 M6 Available Threads Metric Sizes 0-3 /4-8 /6 /8 /4 3/8 / UNF Sizes Pneu-Edge Fittings NPT Thread Sizes Pneu-Edge barbs are assigned a two digit code as defined on the Product Number Diagram (lower left). There are twelve barb sizes for use with Polyurethane tubing ranging from /6 ID to / ID. Ten thread sizes include metric, UNF, and NPT. Pneu-Edge fittings ensure permanent polyurethane tubing installation without the need for clamps. However, we recommend the use of clamps in applications over 80 psi which also involve heat or vibration. Fittings Product Line E= Pneu-Edge Fitting Configuration Threaded A= Adjustable Tee A-LB= Adjustable EL Barb B= Male Connector BK= Bulkhead FB= Female Connector FLB= EL Female Thread FT= Female Tee LB= Elbow RB= Reducer Bushing T= Tee /4-8 thru 3/8 TB= 0-3 Tee Barb-to-Barb C= Coupling L= Elbow T= Tee RC= Reducing Coupling RT= Reducing Tee RX= Reducing Cross X= Cross Product Number Diagram Pneu-Edge Fittings ERC Barb Size- refer to Connector Options below for code Barb Size Code Tube ID 0= /6 0= 5/64 5= 3/3 30= /8 35= 5/3 40=.70 50= 3/6 55= 7/3 60= /4 70= 5/6 80= 3/8 Connector Options Suffix 50= /4 Hex 303= Stainless Steel S= Short Thread Size no code = 0-3 UNF 4-8= /4-8 UNF /6= /6 NPT /8= /8 NPT /4= /4 NPT 3/8= 3/8 NPT /= / NPT M3= M3 x 0.5 M5= M5 x 0.8 M6= M6 x.0 Please use Part Number Listing to verify part number- not all configurations are possible Note: Please refer to drawings for location and size of barbs on reducer fittings- Ordering Information l To order standard Electroless Nickel Brass plated product use part number listing. l For 303 Stainless Steel add a -303 suffix to the part number- lead times and minimum quantities may apply. l Optional O-rings available- contact factory. l Standard package quantities: -5 pcs per bag -00 pcs per box l Flow Rates for Pneu-Edge Fittings can be found on page

150 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Straight 0-3 Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EB / (M) /6 EB / (M) 5/64 EB / (M) 3/3 EB / (M) /8 EB / (M) 5/3 EB / (M).70 EB / (M) 3/6 EB / (M) /4 Straight /4 Hex Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EB / (M) /6 EB / (M) 5/64 EB / (M) 3/3 EB / (M) /8 EB / (M).70 Straight /4-8 Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EB / /4-8 (M) /6 EB / /4-8 (M) 5/64 EB / /4-8 (M) 3/3 EB / /4-8 (M) /8 EB / /4-8 (M).70 EB / /4-8 (M) 3/6 EB / /4-8 (M) /4 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 50

151 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EB0-/ / /6 (M) /6 Straight /6 NPT Fittings EB0-/ / /6 (M) 5/64 EB5-/ / /6 (M) 3/3 EB30-/ / /6 (M) /8 EB40-/ / /6 (M).70 EB50-/ / /6 (M) 3/6 EB60-/ /6 0.6 /6 (M) /4 Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID Straight /8 NPT EB0-/ / /8 (M) /6 EB0-/ / /8 (M) 5/64 EB5-/ / /8 (M) 3/3 EB30-/ / /8 (M) /8 EB40-/ / /8 (M).70 EB50-/ / /8 (M) 3/6 EB60-/8.07 7/ /8 (M) /4 EB70-/8.07 7/ /8 (M) 5/6 EB80-/ / /8 (M) 3/8 Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID Straight /4 NPT EB0-/ / /4 (M) /6 EB0-/ / /4 (M) 5/64 EB5-/ / /4 (M) 3/3 EB30-/ / /4 (M) /8 EB35-/ / /4 (M) 5/3 EB40-/ / /4 (M).70 EB50-/4.3 9/ /4 (M) 3/6 EB60-/4.46 9/ /4 (M) /4 EB70-/4.46 9/ /4 (M) 5/6 EB80-/ / /4 (M) 3/8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 5

152 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Straight 3/8 NPT Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EB0-3/ / /8 (M) 5/64 EB5-3/ / /8 (M) 3/3 EB30-3/8.065 / /8 (M) /8 EB40-3/8.089 / /8 (M).70 EB60-3/8.46 / /8 (M) /4 EB80-3/8.309 / /8 (M) 3/8 Straight 0-3 Female Part A B Number Hex Tubing ID EFB /4 0-3 (F) /6 EFB /4 0-3 (F) 5/64 EFB /4 0-3 (F) /8 EFB /4 0-3 (F).70 Straight /8 NPT Female Part A B Number Hex Tubing ID EFB0-/ /6 /8 (F) /6 EFB0-/ /6 /8 (F) 5/64 EFB5-/ /6 /8 (F) 3/3 EFB30-/ /6 /8 (F) /8 EFB35-/ /6 /8 (F) 5/3 EFB40-/ /6 /8 (F).70 EFB50-/ /6 /8 (F) 3/6 EFB60-/ /6 /8 (F) /4 EFB80-/ /6 /8 (F) 3/8 Straight /4 NPT Female Part A B Number Hex Tubing ID EFB0-/ /6 /4 (F) /6 EFB0-/ /6 /4 (F) 5/64 EFB30-/ /6 /4 (F) /8 EFB40-/ /6 /4 (F).70 EFB50-/ /6 /4 (F) 3/6 EFB60-/4.090 /6 /4 (F) /4 EFB80-/4.53 /6 /4 (F) 3/8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 5

153 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EB0-M3* 0.4 3/ M3 (M) /6 Straight M3 Fittings EB0-M / M3 (M) 5/64 EB5-M / M3 (M) 3/3 EB30-M / M3 (M) /8 EB40-M / M3 (M).70 *Thru hole: Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID Straight M5 EB0-M / M5 (M) /6 EB0-M / M5 (M) 5/64 EB5-M / M5 (M) 3/3 EB30-M / M5 (M) /8 EB40-M / M5 (M).70 Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID Straight M6 EB0-M / M6 (M) /6 EB0-M / M6 (M) 5/64 EB5-M / M6 (M) 3/3 EB30-M / M6 (M) /8 EB40-M / M6 (M).70 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 53

154 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Elbow Fixed 0-3 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ELB / (M) /6 ELB / (M) 5/64 ELB / (M) 3/3 ELB / (M) /8 ELB / (M) 5/3 ELB / (M).70 Elbow Fixed /4-8 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ELB / /4-8 (M) /6 ELB / /4-8 (M) 5/64 ELB / /4-8 (M) 3/3 ELB / /4-8 (M) /8 ELB / /4-8 (M) 5/3 ELB / /4-8 (M).70 ELB / /4-8 (M) 3/6 Elbow Fixed /6 NPT Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ELB0-/ / /6 (M) /6 ELB0-/ / /6 (M) 5/64 ELB5-/ / /6 (M) 3/3 ELB30-/ / /6 (M) /8 ELB40-/ / /6 (M).70 ELB50-/ / /6 (M) 3/6 ELB60-/ / /6 (M) /4 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 54

155 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ELB0-/ / /8 (M) /6 Elbow Fixed /8 NPT Fittings ELB0-/ / /8 (M) 5/64 ELB5-/ / /8 (M) 3/3 ELB30-/ / /8 (M) /8 ELB35-/ / /8 (M) 5/3 ELB40-/ / /8 (M).70 ELB50-/ / /8 (M) 3/6 ELB60-/ / /8 (M) /4 ELB80-/ / /8 (M) 3/8 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID Elbow Fixed /4 NPT ELB0-/ / /4 (M) /6 ELB0-/ / /4 (M) 5/64 ELB5-/ / /4 (M) 3/3 ELB30-/ / /4 (M) /8 ELB30-/4-S / /4 (M) /8 ELB35-/ / /4 (M) 5/3 ELB40-/ / /4 (M).70 ELB40-/4-S / /4 (M).70 ELB50-/ / /4 (M) 3/6 ELB60-/ / /4 (M) /4 ELB80-/4.09 3/ /4 (M) 3/8 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID Elbow Fixed 3/8 NPT ELB30-3/ / /8 (M) /8 ELB40-3/ / /8 (M).70 ELB50-3/ / /8 (M) 3/6 ELB60-3/ / /8 (M) /4 ELB80-3/8.000 / /8 (M) 3/8 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 55

156 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Elbow Fixed 0-3 Female Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EFLB / (F) /6 EFLB / (F) 5/64 EFLB0-S 0.8 / (F) /6 EFLB0-S 0.8 / (F) 5/64 S= Short Elbow Fixed /8 NPT Female Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EFLB0-/ / /8 (F) /6 EFLB0-/ / /8 (F) 5/64 EFLB5-/ / /8 (F) 3/3 EFLB30-/ / /8 (F) /8 EFLB35-/ / /8 (F) 5/3 EFLB40-/ / /8 (F).70 EFLB50-/ / /8 (F) 3/6 EFLB60-/ /6.059 /8 (F) /4 Elbow Fixed /4 NPT Female Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EFLB0-/ / /4 (F) /6 EFLB0-/ / /4 (F) 5/64 EFLB5-/ /6 0.9 /4 (F) 3/3 EFLB30-/ /6.003 /4 (F) /8 EFLB35-/ /6.07 /4 (F) 5/3 EFLB40-/ /6.07 /4 (F).70 EFLB50-/ /6.06 /4 (F) 3/6 EFLB60-/ /6.87 /4 (F) /4 EFLB80-/ /6.47 /4 (F) 3/8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 56

157 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ELB0-M / M3 (M) /6 Elbow Fixed M3 Fittings ELB0-M / M3 (M) 5/64 ELB5-M / M3 (M) 3/3 ELB30-M / M3 (M) /8 ELB30-M3F 0.39 / M3 (F) /8 ELB40-M / M3 (M).70 ELBX-M3 ELB30-M3F Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID Elbow Fixed M5 ELB0-M / M5 (M) /6 ELB0-M / M5 (M) 5/64 ELB5-M / M5 (M) 3/3 ELB30-M / M5 (M) /8 ELB40-M / M5 (M).70 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID Elbow Fixed M6 ELB0-M / M6 (M) /6 ELB0-M / M6 (M) 5/64 ELB5-M / M6 (M) 3/3 ELB30-M / M6 (M) /8 ELB35-M / M6 (M) 5/3 ELB40-M / M6 (M).70 ELB50-M / M6 (M) 3/6 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 57

158 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Elbow Adjustable Part A B C D Number Square Tubing ID EA-LB / (M) /6 EA-LB / (M) 5/64 EA-LB / (M) 3/3 EA-LB / (M) /8 A C EA-LB / (M).70 EA-LB / (M) 3/6 Elbow Adjustable Slotted Part A B C D Number Square Tubing ID EA-LB0-SLOT / (M) /6 EA-LB0-SLOT / (M) 5/64 EA-LB5-SLOT / (M) 3/3 EA-LB30-SLOT / (M) /8 A C EA-LB40-SLOT / (M).70 EA-LB50-SLOT / (M) 3/6 Features a screwdriver slot for fitting alignment Pneu-Edge fittings feature a consistently sharp, single-barb design which provides a tighter grip and seal than standard multiple barbs All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 58

159 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ETB / (M) /6 Tee Fixed 0-3 Fittings ETB / (M) 5/64 ETB / (M) 3/3 ETB / (M) /8 ETB / (M) 5/3 ETB / (M).70 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID Tee Fixed /4-8 ET / /4-8 (M) /6 ET / /4-8 (M) 5/64 ET / /4-8 (M) 3/3 ET / /4-8 (M) /8 ET / /4-8 (M).70 ET / /4-8 (M) 3/6 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID Tee Fixed /6 NPT ET0-/ / /6 (M) /6 ET0-/ / /6 (M) 5/64 ET5-/ / /6 (M) 3/3 ET30-/ / /6 (M) /8 ET40-/ / /6 (M).70 ET50-/ / /6 (M) 3/6 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 59

160 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Tee Fixed /8 NPT ET40-/8-90 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ET0-/ / /8 (M) /6 ET0-/ / /8 (M) 5/64 ET5-/ / /8 (M) 3/3 ET30-/ / /8 (M) /8 ET40-/ / /8 (M).70 ET40-/ / /8 (M).70 ET50-/ / /8 (M) 3/6 ET60-/ / /8 (M) /4 ET80-/ / /8 (M) 3/8 Tee Fixed /4 NPT Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ET0-/ / /4 (M) /6 ET0-/ / /4 (M) 5/64 ET5-/ / /4 (M) 3/3 ET30-/ / /4 (M) /8 ET40-/ / /4 (M).70 ET50-/ / /4 (M) 3/6 ET60-/ / /4 (M) /4 ET80-/4.09 3/ /4 (M) 3/8 Tee Fixed 3/8 NPT Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ET30-3/ / /8 (M) /8 ET40-3/ / /8 (M).70 ET50-3/ / /8 (M) 3/6 ET60-3/ / /8 (M) /4 ET80-3/8.000 / /8 (M) 3/8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 60

161 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C D E 3 Number Hex Tubing ID ERT / /4-8 (M).70 5/64 ERT40-0-/ / /6 (M).70 5/64 ERT40-0-/ / /4 (M).70 5/64 Tee Fixed Reducing ERT Fittings ERT40-0-/6 Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EFT0-/ /6.005 /8 (F) /6 Tee Fixed /8 NPT Female EFT0-/ /6.0 /8 (F) 5/64 EFT30-/ /6.93 /8 (F) /8 EFT40-/ /6.4 /8 (F).70 EFT50-/ /6.309 /8 (F) 3/6 EFT60-/ /6.56 /8 (F) /4 Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID EFT0-/ /6.30 /4 (F) /6 Tee Fixed /4 NPT Female EFT0-/ /6.30 /4 (F) 5/64 EFT5-/ /6.36 /4 (F) 3/3 EFT30-/ /6.38 /4 (F) /8 EFT40-/ /6.366 /4 (F).70 EFT50-/ /6.434 /4 (F) 3/6 EFT60-/ /6.686 /4 (F) /4 EFT80-/ /6.806 /4 (F) 3/8 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 6

162 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Tee Fixed M3 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ET0-M / M3 (M) /6 ET0-M / M3 (M) 5/64 ET5-M / M3 (M) 3/3 ET30-M / M3 (M) /8 ET40-M / M3 (M).70 Tee Fixed M5 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ET0-M / M5 (M) /6 ET0-M / M5 (M) 5/64 ET5-M / M5 (M) 3/3 ET30-M / M5 (M) /8 ET40-M / M5 (M).70 Tee Fixed M6 Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID ET0-M / M6 (M) /6 ET0-M / M6 (M) 5/64 ET5-M / M6 (M) 3/3 ET30-M / M6 (M) /8 ET35-M / M6 (M) 5/3 ET40-M / M6 (M).70 ET50-M / M6 (M) 3/6 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 6

163 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C D Number Square Tubing ID EA-T / (M) /6 Tee Adjustable 0-3 Fittings EA-T / (M) 5/64 EA-T / (M) 3/3 EA-T / (M) /8 EA-T / (M).70 EA-T / (M) 3/6 Part A B C D Number Square Tubing ID EA-T0-SLOT / (M) /6 Tee Adjustable 0-3 Slotted EA-T0-SLOT / (M) 5/64 EA-T5-SLOT / (M) 3/3 EA-T30-SLOT / (M) /8 EA-T40-SLOT / (M).70 EA-T50-SLOT / (M) 3/6 Features a screwdriver slot for fitting alignment Swiss precision machining ensures consistently sharp barbs for more permanent tubing installation All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 63

164 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Plugs Part A B C Number Hex SPG-/ /6 0.5 /6 (M) SPG-/ / /8 (M) SPG-/ / /4 (M) SPG-3/ / /8 (M) SPG-/ / / (M) Slotted C A B SPG / /4-8 (M) SPG / (M) SPG-0-/ / (M) SPG-M3* 0.9 3/ M3 (M) SPG-M / M5 (M) SPG-M / M6 (M) * Nylon Gasket Bulkheads Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID EBK /4 0-3 (M) 0.50 /6 /6 EBK /4 0-3 (M) /64 5/64 EBK /4 0-3 (M) /3 3/3 EBK /6 /4-8 (M) 0.33 /8 /8 EBK /4 0-3 (M) /64 EBK /4 0-3 (M) /3 EBK-40-5/6.09 3/8 5/6-4 (M) EBK-60-3/8.53 / 3/8-4 (M) /4 /4 EBK-60-/8.53 / */8 (M) /4 /4 Note: Locking nut included *NPT pipe thread: locking nut not included All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 64

165 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C Number Hex ERB/ / /4 (M) 0-3 (F) Bushings Reducer Fittings / /4 (M) 0-3 (F) ERB/4-/ / /4 (M) /6 (F) ERB/4-/ / /4 (M) /8 (F) / /8 (M) 0-3 (F) ERB/8-/ / /8 (M) /6 (F) / /6 (M) 0-3 (F) ERB /6 0.8 /4-8 (M) 0-3 (F) Part A B C Number Hex Adapters EM / M3 (M) 0-3 (F) EM3-M / M3 (M) M6 (F) EM / M5 (M) 0-3 (F) EM3-X EM5-/ / M5 (M) /8 (F) EM6-/ / M6 (M) /8 (F) EM6-M / M6 (M) M6 (F) E0-/ / (M) /8 (F) E/8-/ / /8 (M) /4 (F) Pneumadyne s Pneu-Edge fittings ensure a lasting tubing connection and leak-proof fit When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 65

166 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Barb-to-Barb Couplings Part A B C Number Diam. Tubing ID EC / /6 /6 EC / /64 5/64 EC0-SL / /64 5/64 EC / /3 3/3 EC /6 0.4 /8 /8 EC / /3 5/3 EC / EC / /6 3/6 EC /6 0.3 /4 /4 EC / /6 5/6 EC / /8 3/8 Note: SL= Slim Line Barb-to-Barb Couplings Part A B C Number Diam. Tubing ID ERC / /64 /6 ERC /6 0.4 /8 /6 ERC /6 0.4 /8 5/64 ERC /6 0.4 /8 3/3 ERC / /6 ERC / /64 ERC / /3 ERC / /8 ERC / /6 /8 ERC / /6 5/3 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number ERC / /4 5/64 ERC / /4 /8 ERC / /4.70 ERC / /8 /4 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 66

167 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax About Us Pneumadyne, Inc. is a leading manufacturer of pneumatic components and pneumatic control systems. Designed and manufactured in the USA, our directional control valves, fittings, manifolds, air nozzles and custom products are relied upon for fluid control throughout a wide-variety of industries. We have the fluid power expertise, design experience and manufacturing capabilities necessary to support your fluid handling applications. Whether you need standard or custom pneumatic products, you can rely on us for innovative, quality solutions that meet your expectations. Fittings Part A B C D Number Diam. Tubing ID EL / /6 /6 EL / /64 5/64 EL / /8 /8 EL / EL / /4 /4 EL / /8 3/8 Barb-to-Barb Elbows Part A B C D,, 3 Number Diam. Tubing ID ET / /6 ET / /64 ET / /3 ET / /8 ET / /3 ET / ET / /6 ET / /4 ET / /6 ET / /8 Barb-to-Barb Tees 67

168 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Barb-to-Barb Tees- Reducing Part A B C D 3 Number Diam. Tubing ID Tubing ID ERT / /6 /8 /6 ERT / /64 /6 5/64 ERT / /8 /6 /6 ERT / /8 /8 /6 ERT / /8 5/64 5/64 ERT / /8 /6 /8 ERT / /8 5/64 /8 ERT / /8 3/3 /8 ERT / /8.70 /8 ERT / /6.70 ERT / /64.70 ERT / /8 /8 ERT / /8.70 ERT / /64 ERT / /8 ERT / /6 5/64 3/6 ERT / /6 /8 3/6 Straight connectors, tees, elbows, crosses and couplings are available in a wide variety of sizes and materials to accommodate numerous fluid handling circuits. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 68

169 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C D 3 Number Diam. Tubing ID Tubing ID ERT / /4 5/64 /4 Barb-to-Barb Tees- Reducing Fittings ERT / /4 /8 /4 ERT / /4.70 /4 ERT / /4 /4 /8 ERT / /4 /4.70 ERT / /4 /8 /8 ERT / /4 /8 5/64 ERT / /4 5/64 /8 ERT / /4 /8.70 ERT / /4.70 /8 ERT / /4 3/8 /4 ERT / /8 5/64 3/8 ERT / /8 /8 3/8 ERT / /8 /4 3/8 All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number Manufacturing quality is ensured through strict process control of CNC equipment - from our "high tech" 5- axis Swiss screw machines to our basic -axis lathes. Employing the most sophisticated techniques available, such as 4-hour "lights out" machining, increases our ability to provide custom products and fulfill low volume orders, setting us apart in the miniature pneumatics industry. 69

170 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Barb-to-Barb Crosses Part A B C,, 3, 4 Number Diam. Tubing ID EX / /6 EX / /64 EX / /3 EX / /8 EX / EX /8.05 3/6 EX /6.346 /4 EX /8.56 3/8 Barb-to-Barb Crosses- Reducing Part A B C 3 4 Number Diam. Tubing ID Tubing ID ERX / /8 /6 /6 /6 ERX / /8 /6 /8 /6 ERX / /8 5/64 /8 5/64 ERX / / /64 ERX / /64.70 ERX /8. 3/8.70 3/8.70 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. All Pneu-Edge fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -303 suffix to the standard part number 70

171 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Reliability of a metal-tometal mechanical fit l Captured O-ring for superior seal Fittings l Precision machined barb design l Electroless Nickel plated O-ring Seal Fittings The O-ring fitting design was perfected by Pneumadyne engineers in the early 980 s. This unique fitting created a standard for industry and today numerous competitors have attempted to replicate our design. The Pneumadyne O-ring fitting was designed with the superior static sealing qualities of an O- ring plus the reliability of a metal-to-metal mechanical fit. When properly installed the skirt around the O- ring allows the fitting to mechanically seat on the rim of the female thread and hold the fitting tight. The high quality Buna-N O-ring is captured inside the skirt of the fitting, concealing it from view and providing a clean looking connection. The result is superior sealing powerthe Buna-N O-ring is not pinched but rather Superior Barb compressed within the fitting skirt which ensures a leakproof fit even when mated with a less than perfect sealing surface. When torqued down the mechanical fit keeps the fittings tight and retains its position even under constant vibration. Materials Brass, Electroless Nickel, Stainless Steel 303, Buna-N O-Rings (standard) optional seals available -contact factory Custom designs are welcome Our captured O-ring design also eases installation, there is no need to replace or reposition the seal - we have eliminated the need for replacement gaskets or washers. high quality Buna-N O-ring is captured inside the skirt Ordering Information l To order standard product use part number listing. l For 303 Stainless Steel add a -SS suffix to the part number - lead times may apply. l Optional O-rings available - contact factory. l Standard package quantities: -5 pcs per bag -00 pcs per box 7

172 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Straight Connector Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID SBF / (M) /6 SBF-06-LP.49 5/ (M) /6 SBF-06-/4.59 / (M) /6 SBF / (M) 5/64 SBF-0-/4.58 / (M) 5/64 SBF / (M) /8 SBF-40-/4.66 / (M) /8 SBF / (M).70 SBF-70-/4.7 / (M).70 Straight M3 Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID SBF-06-/4-M3.45 /4.33 M3 /6 SBF-0-/4-M3.45 /4.3 M3 5/64 Stud Manifold Part A B C Number Hex C A SFD / (M) 0-3 (F) Stud B Part A B C Number Hex Slotted A C STD / (M) B Plug Slotted C A Part A B C Number Hex SPG-0.3 5/ (M) SPG-0-/4.3 / (M) B All O-ring fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -SS suffix to the standard part number 7

173 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C Number Square SBF / (M) 0-3 (F) A C Elbow Fixed Fittings Part A B C Hex Number Elbow Adjustable STL (M) 0-3 (F) 5/6 STL-0-SS (M) 0-3 (F) 5/6 Part A B C 3 Number Square Tee Fixed SBF /8 sq (M) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) SBF /8 sq (M) 0-3 (F) 0-3(F) SBF-3-4 SBF-3- Part A B C, 3 Hex Number Tee Adjustable STT (M) 0-3 (F) 5/6 STT-0-SS (M) 0-3 (F) 5/6 Part A B C, 3 Hex Number Run Tee Adjustable SFL (M) 0-3 (F) 5/6 All O-ring fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -SS suffix to the standard part number 73

174 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Cross Fixed Part A B C,3,4 Number Square SBF / (M) 0-3 (F) Cross Adjustable Part A B C, 3,4 Hex Number SFT (M) 0-3 (F) 5/6 Adapter Part A B C Number Hex SSP-0.7 5/ (M) 0-3 (F) Nipple Universal Adjustable Part A B C D, Number Hex adjst fixed SFU-.7 5/ (M) C C = adjustable nut tightened to fixed nut All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice All O-ring fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -SS suffix to the standard part number 74

175 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B, Number thru *.38 /4 0-3 (F) Coupling Fittings SF-.38 5/6 0-3 (F) *Standard product is brass, contact factory for Electroless Nickel finish Part A B C Number Bulkhead SBH /6. 5/3-3 x0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) SBH /6. 5/3-3 x0-3 (F) /8 (F) Part A B 3 Number Square /8 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3(F) Tee Female *Standard product is brass, contact factory for Electroless Nickel finish Part A B, 3, 4 Number Square /8 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Cross Female *Standard product is brass, contact factory for Electroless Nickel finish All O-ring fittings are available in 303 Stainless Steel; add a -SS suffix to the standard part number 75

176 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Tapered thread No gasket required l Larger orifice l Thick thread wall l Precision machined barbs l Brass Tapered Thread Fittings Tapered Thread Fitting Conventional Barbed Fitting Engineers at Pneumadyne pioneered the 0-3 tapered thread design and have incorporated it in a 0-3 fitting. This unique design eliminates the need for a soft seal undercut at the base of the fitting and produces a seal similar to pipe thread. The absence of the undercut also allows for a larger than normal hole permitting more flow. Tapered threads are sturdier than thin walled 0-3 fittings and can be used in conventional straight female threads as well. Larger Orifice Thick Thread Wall Thin wall undercut Taperedrequires no gasket Tape or Thread Sealant recommended Custom Designs are Welcome Ordering Information l To order standard brass product use part number listing. l All tapered thread fittings are available in brass as standard; For Electroless Nickel add an N as a last digit to the standard part number. l Standard package quantities: -5 pcs per bag -00 pcs per box 76

177 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C Number Hex Tubing ID BF / (M) /6 BF /6.565 /8 (M) /6 BF-06-F.75 /.85 /8 (F) /6 BF /6.50 /8 (M) 5/64 BF / (M) /8 BF / (M).70 BF /6.530 /8 (M).70 BF-70-F.88 /.875 /8 (F).70 Straight Connector BF-***- BF-***-F Fittings BF-***- Part A B C Number Square Elbow Fixed / (M) 0-3 (F) Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing ID Elbow Tapered to Barb BF-06-FL.50 9/ /8 (F) /6 BF-06-L.6 7/ /8 (M) /6 BF-0-L.6 7/ /8 (M) 5/64 BF-***-L BF-40-L.65 7/ /8 (M) /8 BF-70-FL.50 9/ /8 (F).70 BF-70-L.6 7/ /8 (M).70 BF-***-FL All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice 77

178 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Elbow Reducing Part A B C Number Hex 8FL.50 9/6 - /8 (F) 0-3 (F) 8FL 9L.85 /6.48 3/8 (M) 0-3 (F) /6.44 /8 (M) 0-3 (F) /6.37 /4 (M) 0-3 (F) 5- Tee Part A B C 3 Number Square / (M) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) / (M) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) Tee Reducing Part A B C 3 Number Hex 8FT 8FT.50 9/6 - /8 (F) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) /6.44 /8 (M) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) /6.53 /8 (M) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) /6.37 /4 (M) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) /6.37 /4 (M) 0-3 (F) 0-3 (F) All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice 78

179 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C, 3, 4 Number /8 Square (M) 0-3 (F) Crosses Fittings /6 Hex.53 /8 (M) 0-3 (F) /6 Hex.37 /4 (M) 0-3 (F) Part A B C Number Hex Reducer Bushing /6.6 /8 (M) 0-3 (F) 5F.50 7/6.50 /8 (F) 0-3 (F) /6.8 /4 (M) 0-3 (F) 7.4 3/8.4 /6 (M) 0-3 (F) * 5F Part A B C Number Hex Adapters / (M) /8 (F) 34A.75 7/6.50 /6 (M) /8 (F) Part A B C, Number Hex Nipple / (M) Part A B C Number Hex / (M) Plug All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice 79

180 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Precision machined for /8, 5/3, /4 tubing l Eliminates the need for sleeves l Electroless Nickel plated Barb-to-Barb Fittings No need for sleeves Pneumadyne s Barb-to-Barb fittings are high quality, durable brass barbs with the sharpness required to maintain connection even in high pressure and vibration applications. The electroless nickel plated barbed fittings are offered in a variety of sizes and configurations. Electroless Nickel plated for corrosion resistance We design custom products to meet your application needs. l Please refer to Fitting Specifications and Flow Rate information Ordering Information l To order standard product use part number listing. l Standard package quantities: -5 pcs per bag -00 pcs per box 80

181 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C Number Diam. Tubing ID Tubing ID SBF /6 /6 Barb-to-Barb Couplings Fittings SBF /64 SBF /6 SBF Part A B Number Tubing ID Tubing ID SBF-8L Barb-to-Barb Elbow Part A B 3 Number Tubing ID Tubing ID Tubing ID SBF-0T /64 5/64 5/64 Barb-to-Barb Tee SBF-4T /8 /8 /8 SBF-40T /8 5/64 /8 SBF-6T /6 /6 /6 SBF-8T SBF-80T /64.70 SBF-86T /6.70 Part A B,3,4 Number Tubing ID Tubing ID SBF-8X Barb-to-Barb Cross All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice 8

182 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l /8 to 3/8 tube OD l Electroless nickel plated brass and 36 stainless steel l Several sizes and configurations l Swivel elbows and tees l Metal release buttons l O-ring seal (0-3 UNF fittings only) Pneumadyne s Push-to-Connect Fittings Pneumadyne s new Push-to- Connect fittings enable quick tubing connection and disconnection. A variety of male and female connectors, elbows and tees feature tube ODs ranging from /8 to 3/8 and 0-3, /8 NPT or ¼ NPT threads. To ensure a leakproof fit, thread sealant is standard on all male pipe threads and the 0-3 UNF thread features an o-ring for a superior seal. The 36L stainless steel fittings are suitable for applications in corrosive environments where brass and Acetal are typically prohibited. FPM seals ensure that these fittings can also withstand high temperatures (working temperature is dependent upon tubing). Tubing connection and tightness are made possible by the presence of a stainless steel gripping collet and an O-ring inside the fitting. Once the tube is inserted to the bottom of the fitting, the stainless steel collet grips the tube and prevents it from being released. The tubing is disconnected by simply pushing the metal release button and removing the tube from the fitting. Materials Brass: Electroless Nickel Plated Brass, Acetal Resin, Stainless Steel, NBR Stainless Steel: 36L Stainless Steel, 30 Stainless Steel, FPM/FKM Tubing Recommendation Chart Fitting Material Brass Stainless Steel Pneumadyne s Stainless Steel Fittings are suitable for use in industries such as: l Food & Beverage l Medical & Dental l Semi-Conductor l Pharmaceutical l Agriculture l Chemical processing Tubing Material 95A Durometer Polyurethane PTFE, PVDF 8

183 PUSH-TO-CONNECT FITTINGS PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Thread sealant, standard on male pipe threads, ensures a leakproof fit. 0-3 UNF threads feature an O-ring for a superior seal. Swivel fittings are ideal for tubing alignment. For limited space applications, the male straight connector features an inner hex allowing for easy installation. Multiple configurations ease fitting installation. Fittings Fitting Configuration PB= Male Connector PFB= Female Connector PFLS= EL Female PLS=EL Swivel PTS= Tee Swivel PT= Union Tee PY= Union Y Product Number Diagram Push-to-Connect Fittings PB56-/8-36 Tube OD 5= /8 56= 5/3 50= /4 3= 5/6 375= 3/8 Thread Size 03= 0-3 UNF /8= /8 NPT /4= /4 NPT Suffix 36= Stainless Steel Ordering Information l To order standard product use part number listing. l For 36 Stainless Steel add a -36 suffix to the part number. l Standard package quantities: -5 pcs per bag, Electroless Nickel Brass - pc per bag, 36L SS Please use Part Number Listing to verify part number- not all configurations are possible 83

184 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Straight Connector Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing OD PB / (M) /8 PB5-/ / /8 (M) /8 PB / (M) 5/3 PB56-/ / /8 (M) 5/3 PB / (M) /4 PB50-/ / /8 (M) /4 PB375-/8.08 / /8 (M) 3/8 Straight Connector Female Part A B C Number Hex Tubing OD PFB56-/ / /8 (F) 5/3 PFB50-/ / /8 (F) /4 PFB50-/4.0 / /4 (F) /4 Elbow Fixed Part A B C D Number Flats Tubing OD PLB56-/ /8 (M) 5/3 PLB50-/ /8 (M) /4 PLB3-/ /8 (M) 5/6 Elbow Swivel Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing OD PLS5-/ / /8 (M) /8 PLS / (M) 5/3 PLS56-/ / /8 (M) 5/3 PLS50-/8.06 / /8 (M) /4 PLS375-/8.59 / /8 (M) 3/8 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. 84

185 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Part A B C D Number Hex Tubing OD PFLS56-/ / /8 (F) 5/3 Elbow Swivel Female Fittings PFLS50-/ / /8 (F) /4 PFLS3-/ / /8 (F) 5/6 Part A B C D,3 Number Hex Tubing OD Tee Swivel PTS56-/8.003 / /8 (M) 5/3 PTS50-/8.06 / /8 (M) /4 Part A B C,, 3 Number Tubing OD Tee Union PT /3 PT /4 PT /6 Part A B C,, 3 Number Tubing OD Union Y PY /3 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. 85

186 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Straight Connector 36L Stainless Steel Part A B C D Number Hex (mm) Tubing OD PB56-/ /8 (M) 5/3 PB50-/ /8 (M) /4 Elbow Swivel 36L Stainless Steel Part A B C D Number Hex (mm) Tubing OD PLS56-/ /8 (M) 5/3 PLS50-/ /8 (M) /4 Tee Swivel 36L Stainless Steel Part A B C D, 3 Number Hex (mm) Tubing OD PTS56-/ /8 (M) 5/3 PTS50-/ /8 (M) /4 Tee Union 36L Stainless Steel Part A B C,, 3 Number Tubing OD PT /3 PT /4 PT /6 When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions are in inches, unless otherwise specified and are subject to change without notice. FPM seals withstand high temperatures- SS Fittings only (working temperature is dependent upon tubing) 86

187 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Push-to-connect Fittings l Precision machined l Acetal release button l Captured o-ring seal l Electroless Nickel plated Push-to-Connect style fittings ease tubing connection and disconnection without the use of tools. Recommended for use with 95A Durometer Polyurethane tubing, these precision machined fittings are Electroless nickel plated for corrosion resistance. Red Acetal release buttons are standard, contact factory for optional colors. Push-to-Connect Straight Connector Fittings Part A B C D Number Diam. Diam. Tube OD Push-to-Connect SF-5PI (M) /8 SF-56PI (M) 5/3 Materials Brass, Electroless Nickel Plating, Acetal, Buna-N Seals Ordering Information l Standard quantities - 5 pcs per bag - 00 pcs per box l Red release button standard; contact factory for optional colors l 95A Durometer Polyurethane recommended l Cavity drawing available for full cartridge- contact factory l Half cartridge is available for direct installation- contact factory 87

188 Fittings PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Fitting Specifications Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media -0 o to 60 o F -8 0 to 7 0 C Vacuum to 5 psi Fluids compatible w/ seals Captured O-ring Flow Rate- Typical Standard Double Barb Flow Rate (scfm) Barb Size Tube ID (PUR) C v 50 psi 5 psi 06 / /64 or.4mm / Standard Tapered Thread sizes available 70 O-ring Tapered Pneu-Edge Flow Rate (scfm) Barb Size Tube ID (PUR) C v 50 psi 5 psi 0 / / / / / / / / / Additional Recommendation: Pneu-Edge fittings ensure permanent polyurethane tubing installation without the need for clamps. However, we recommend the use of clamps in applications over 80 psi which also involve heat or vibration. l All Flow Rates are approximate 88

189 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Flow Rate- Atypical Pneu-Edge fittings ease installation by offering larger barbs on miniature threads. This configuration lowers the rate of flow. Please refer to the listing below for atypical dimensions and data. Fittings Barb ID does not necessarily determine flow rate Ten thread sizes available Flow Rate Part Number Tube ID (PUR) Cv (scfm) psi 50 5 EB35 5/ EB EB50 3/ EB60 / EB EB EB / EB / EB0-M3 / EB0-M3 5/ EB5-M3 3/ EB30-M3 / EB40-M EB40-M ELB35 5/ ELB ELB / ELB0-M3 / Flow Rate Part Number Tube ID (PUR) Cv (scfm) psi 50 5 EA-LB EA-LB50 3/ EA-LB40-SL0T EA-LB50-SL0T 3/ ETB35 5/ ETB ET / ET0-M3 / ET0-M3 5/ ET5-M3 3/ ET30-M3 / ET40-M ET40-M ET50-M6 3/ EA-T EA-T50 3/ EA-T40-SL0T EA-T50-SL0T 3/ Consistently sharp barbs ELB0-M3 5/ ELB5-M3 3/ ELB30-M3 / ELB40-M ELB40-M ELB50-M6 3/

190 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l to 0 stations l Inline Manifolds, 90 Manifolds, Dual Air, Junction Blocks and Terminal Blocks l Custom designs l.5 center-to-center spacing available l Variety of port sizes Multiple Connection Manifolds Manifolds provide a convenient junction point for the distribution of fluids or gases. Simply thread fittings into the ports to produce an organized method of supplying multiple lines from a single source. Our aluminum manifolds go through a controlled oxidation process called anodizing which produces a non-conductive coating that provides corrosion and wear resistance. A black dye is added to the anodize solution to create our signature appearance however there are over thirty colors of anodic coatings available. Performance Data Port Options Definition Input Output Materials Operating Pressure 000 psi non-shock- air, 3000 psi non-shock- hydraulic Options l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) l 0-3 (F) l /8 NPT (F) l 3/4 NPT (F) l / NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) Brass, Aluminum/ Black Anodize, 303 Stainless Steel, Polypropylene, Nylon 90

191 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Line DA= Dual Air JB= Junction Block M= Manifold MS= Manifold withporting on two sides MT= Manifold with porting on three sides TB= Terminal Block M W Number of Stations (Digit indicates number of stations) #= Select -0 / standard spacing #W= Select -0 /.5 output spacing eg: 5W Product Number Diagram Manifolds Input 3= 0-3 (F) 0= /4 NPT (F) 0= 3/8 NPT (F) 30= / NPT (F) 35= 3/4 NPT (F) Output 5= /8 NPT (F) 50= /4 NPT (F) 375= 3/8 NPT (F) Suffix 90= Output ports at 90 / standard spacing 90W= Output ports at 90 /.5 spacing BRS= Material: Brass SS= Material: 303 Stainless Steel PPN= Material: Polypropylene Natural NYN= Material: Nylon Natural Numerous styles and configurations available- customs welcome Pneumadyne has been an innovator in the design and manufacture of pneumatic and hydraulic manifolds since 976 Multiple Connection Manifolds Please use Product Information Listings to verify part number- not all configurations are possible Example: Manifold with 3/8 Input and /8 Output Ports at 90 with.5 spacing Performance Data Material Operating Temp Corrosion Chemical For Use Pressure at 7 F Range Resistance Resistance Durability With Aluminum 000 psi 606 non-shock air, -0 Good Fair Good Air, water, 3000 psi to natural gas, non-shock 00 F hydraulic hydraulic oils, gasoline Brass 000 psi -65 Good Good Excellent Air, water, to hydraulic 50 F oils Stainless Steel 3500 psi -00 Excellent Good Excellent Air, water, 303 to hydraulic 500 F oils Polypropylene 50 psi 3 to Fair Poor Fair Air, water 30 F Nylon 00 psi -60 to Good Fair Fair Air, water 00 F Ordering Information l To order standard product use part number listing. l /8 and 5/3 push-to-connect fittings are available for use with standard 0-3 manifolds. l To order New Material Manifolds replace the "*" in the part number listing with the desired material abbreviation. SS= 303 Stainless Steel BRS= Brass NYN= Nylon PPN= Polypropylene 9

192 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax l 0-3 output ports l 3 Porting configurations l Convenient junction point l Multiple branches l One input Inline Manifolds Port Options Input l /8 NPT (F) Output l 0-3 UNF(F) M R M R F 6-4-M Brass Only Port A Typ ØG ØG (X) Port A Typ H E Typ D K H M3-6 K J E Typ C B Both Ends D K J B Port Configuration Cross Section Part Number M3-* MS3-* MT3-* Product Information /8 NPT (F) Input x 0-3 (F) Output Part No. of NPT Number Stations A B C D E F G H J K M R 6-4-M / Porting on one side M / M / M / M / Porting on two sides MS / MS / MS / MS / Porting on three sides MT / MT / MT / MT / K C All measurements are given in inches unless otherwise specified. l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 9

193 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax R J Ø G (4X) Port A Typ Product Information F H M K E Typ C D Inline Manifolds /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part No. of NPT Number Stations A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5- /8 / N/A M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / K B Port Options Input l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) Output l /8 NPT (F) l Convenient junction point l Multiple branches l Two input ports l Aluminum with black anodizing for corrosion resistance and appearance l Mounting versatility Push-to-Connect fittings (sold separately) simplify tube installation Multiple Connection Manifolds 3/8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part No. of NPT Number Stations A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5- /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 93

194 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Pneumadyne offers a wide selection of pneumatic components ideal for use on our multiple connection manifolds Inline Manifolds Port Options Input l 3/8 NPT (F) Output l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) R J Ø G (4X) Product Information Port A Typ 3/8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-50- /4 3/ N/A F H M K E Typ C D K B M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ System is a unique valve consolidation method using custom manifolds that house components for use only on System manifolds (Click for additional information) M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ /8 NPT (F) Input x 3/8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /8 3/ N/A M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. M /8 3/ * Number of stations l Measurements in inches 94

195 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax R J Ø G (4X) Port A Typ Product Information F / NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /4 / N/A H M K E Typ C D Inline Manifolds K B Port Options Input l / NPT (F) Output l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice Bookmark pneumadyne.com for standard and new product information and useful links l Download 3D CAD drawings l View detailed product information l See What s New l Review industry related solutions l Request technical support Multiple Connection Manifolds M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / Pneumadyne has been an innovator in the design and manufacture of manifolds since 976 / NPT (F) Input x 3/8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /8 / N/A M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / * Number of stations l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 95

196 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Stainless steel manifolds are ideal for use in highly corrosive environments Inline Manifolds Port Options Input l 3/4 NPT (F) Output l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) R J Ø G (4X) Product Information Port A Typ 3/4 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ F H M K E Typ C D K B 3/4 NPT (F) Input x 3/8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ * Number of stations l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 96

197 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax R J Ø G (4X) Port A Typ Product Information F Inline Manifolds-New Materials H M K E Typ C D K B Port Options Input l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) Output l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part No. of NPT Number Stations A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5--* /8 / N/A M0-5-3-* 3 /8 / M0-5-4-* 4 /8 / M0-5-5-* 5 /8 / M0-5-6-* 6 /8 / M0-5-7-* 7 /8 / M0-5-8-* 8 /8 / M0-5-9-* 9 /8 / M0-5-0-*0 /8 / /8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-50--* /4 3/ N/A M * 3 /4 3/ l to 0 stations l Two input ports l Convenient junction point l Variety of port sizes New Manifold Material Pneumadyne s Inline Manifolds are now available in 303 Stainless Steel, Brass, Polypropylene and Nylon. The Brass and Stainless Steel manifolds are extremely durable and offered for use with air, water and hydraulic oils. Stainless Steel is also ideal for highly corrosive environments. Choose Polypropylene or Nylon when using air, water or other compatible media in lower pressure applications. Two to 0 station manifolds are available with /4 or 3/8 NPT (F) input ports and /8 or /4 NPT (F) output ports. Simply thread fittings into the ports to produce an organized method of supplying multiple lines from a single source. Multiple Connection Manifolds M * 4 /4 3/ M * 5 /4 3/ M * 6 /4 3/ M * 7 /4 3/ M * 8 /4 3/ M * 9 /4 3/ M * 0 /4 3/ * Number of stations l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. Ordering Information l To order New Material Manifolds replace the "*" in the Product Information listing with the desired material abbreviation. SS= 303 Stainless Steel BRS= Brass NYN= Nylon PPN= Polypropylene 97

198 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax l Output port spacing is.5 center-to-center l to 0 stations l Mounting versatility ISO 900:008 certification demonstrates Pneumadyne s commitment to quality -Received in 004- Inline Manifolds-.5 Spacing Port Options Input l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) l / NPT (F) Output l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) J R Ø G (4X) Product Information Port A Typ /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5-W /8 / N/A M0-5-3W 3 /8 / M0-5-4W 4 /8 / M0-5-5W 5 /8 / M0-5-6W 6 /8 / M0-5-7W 7 /8 / M0-5-8W 8 /8 / M0-5-9W 9 /8 / M0-5-0W 0 /8 / /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-5-W /8 3/ N/A M0-5-3W 3 /8 3/ M0-5-4W 4 /8 3/ M0-5-5W 5 /8 3/ M0-5-6W 6 /8 3/ M0-5-7W 7 /8 3/ M0-5-8W 8 /8 3/ M0-5-9W 9 /8 3/ M0-5-0W 0 /8 3/ F H M E Typ K D C Sq B K * Number of stations l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 98

199 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information Inline Manifolds-.5 Spacing 3/8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M0-50-W /4 3/ N/A M0-50-3W 3 /4 3/ M0-50-4W 4 /4 3/ M0-50-5W 5 /4 3/ M0-50-6W 6 /4 3/ M0-50-7W 7 /4 3/ M0-50-8W 8 /4 3/ M0-50-9W 9 /4 3/ M0-50-0W 0 /4 3/ / NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M30-50-W /4 / N/A / NPT (F) input porting available to allow for greater flow Multiple Connection Manifolds M W 3 /4 / M W 4 /4 / M W 5 /4 / M W 6 /4 / M W 7 /4 / M W 8 /4 / M W 9 /4 / M W 0 /4 / / NPT (F) Input x 3/8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M W 3/8 / N/A M W 3 3/8 / Over 30 colors of anodic coatings are available M W 4 3/8 / M W 5 3/8 / M W 6 3/8 / M W 7 3/8 / M W 8 3/8 / M W 9 3/8 / M W 0 3/8 / * Number of stations l Measurements in inches 99

200 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax l Output ports at 90 for plumbing convenience l to 0 Stations l Two input ports l Aluminum with black anodize for corrosion and wear resistance 90 Manifolds Port Options Input l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) l / NPT (F) Output l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) J R Ø G (4X) Product Information /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R F Port A Typ H M E Typ K C Sq D B K Port Configuration Inline Manifold Cross Section M /8 / N/A M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / Manifold M /8 / /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /8 3/ N/A M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ M /8 3/ * Number of stations l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 00

201 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information- 90 Manifolds 3/8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /4 3/ N/A M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ M /4 3/ / NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /4 / N/A Contact factory for more information on custom plating or finishes Multiple Connection Manifolds M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / M /4 / / NPT (F) Input x 3/8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M /8 / N/A Several patents have been issued for our robust and unique designs M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / M /8 / * Number of stations l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 0

202 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax l Output port spacing is.5 center-to-center l to 0 stations l /8, /4, 3/8, and / NPT (F) porting options Pneumadynerecognized around the world for designing and manufacturing high quality products 90 Manifolds-.5 Spacing Port Options Input l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) l / NPT (F) Output l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) J R Ø G (4X) Product Information Port A Typ /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /8 / N/A M W 3 /8 / M W 4 /8 / M W 5 /8 / M W 6 /8 / F H M E Typ K C Sq D B K M W 7 /8 / M W 8 /8 / M W 9 /8 / M W0 /8 / /8 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /8 3/ N/A M W 3 /8 3/ M W 4 /8 3/ M W 5 /8 3/ M W 6 /8 3/ M W 7 /8 3/ M W 8 /8 3/ M W 9 /8 3/ M W0 /8 3/ l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. * Number of stations l Measurements in inches 0

203 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information- 90 Manifolds-.5 Spacing 3/8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /4 3/ N/A M W 3 /4 3/ M W 4 /4 3/ M W 5 /4 3/ M W 6 /4 3/ M W 7 /4 3/ M W 8 /4 3/ M W 9 /4 3/ M W0 /4 3/ / NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M W /4 / N/A M W 3 /4 / M W 4 /4 / M W 5 /4 / M W 6 /4 / manifolds with.5 spacing provide plumbing convenience and allow for larger control valve installation Solenoid manifold information can be found in the Solenoid Valves & Accessories section Multiple Connection Manifolds M W 7 /4 / M W 8 /4 / M W 9 /4 / M W0 /4 / / NPT (F) Input x 3/8 NPT (F) Output Part NPT Number * A B C D E F G H J K M R M W 3/8 / N/A M W 3 3/8 / M W 4 3/8 / M W 5 3/8 / M W 6 3/8 / M W 7 3/8 / M W 8 3/8 / M W 9 3/8 / M W0 3/8 / * Number of stations l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 03

204 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax l Two separate manifolds in one block l Two independent flow paths (ie: pressure one sidevacuum on the other) l Aluminum with black anodizing for corrosion resistance and appearance l Mounting versatility Port Configuration Cross Section Part Number DA*-* A variety of custom manifolds have been designed by Pneumadyne. Features include: Dual Air Port Options Input l /4 NPT (F) l 3/8 NPT (F) Output l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) R Ø G (4X) Section Product Information J H Section Section Gauge Port Port A Typ E Typ F D Section Gauge Port K C Sq M K B Both Ends /4 NPT (F) Input x /8 NPT (F) Output Part Ports per NPT Number Section A B C D E F G H J K M R DA0-5- /8 / DA /8 / DA /8 / DA /8 / /8 NPT (F) Input x /4 NPT (F) Output DA0-50- /4 3/ DA /4 3/ DA /4 3/ DA /4 3/ l Measurements in inches Custom Products 3 Large mounting hole for shaft mounting by set screw Junction for eighteen output ports 3 Push-to-connect fittings 4 Designed to accommodate customer s solenoid valves 5 Eliminates the need for thirty tee fittings 6 Brass manifold 7 Accommodates a fifth output port

205 K PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax R ports per station F Port A Typ H E Typ Ø G (X) D C Junction Blocks M Q Port Options l 0-3 UNF(F) l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) l Union configuration l Three available port options 0-3, /8 NPT (F), /4 NPT (F) l 4 to 0 stations l Aluminum with black anodizing for corrosion resistance and appearance Multiple Connection Manifolds Product Information Part No. of Number Stations A C D E F G H K M R Q JB JB JB JB NPT JB5-4 4 / JB5-6 6 / JB5-8 8 / JB5-0 0 / Port Configuration Cross Section Part Number JB*-* JB / JB / JB / JB / l Measurements in inches We design custom products to meet your application needs l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 05

206 Multiple Connection Manifolds PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax l Tee configuration l Three available port options 0-3 (F), /8 NPT (F), /4 NPT (F) l to0 stations l Mounting versatility l Aluminum with black anodizing for corrosion resistance and appearance Terminal Blocks Port Options l 0-3 UNF(F) l /8 NPT (F) l /4 NPT (F) R J Ø G (4X) Port A Typ 3 ports per station Product Information F M H M R E Typ ØG K C Sq Part No. Number Stations A C D E F G H J K M R D Port A Typ F TB3-* H E Typ C D J Port Configuration Cross Section Part Number TB*-* TB TB TB TB NPT TB0-5- / TB / TB / TB / TB / Bookmark pneumadyne.com for standard and new product information and useful links TB0-50- / TB / TB / TB / TB / l Measurements in inches l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 06

207 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Performance Data Temperature Range -40 o to 60 o F -8 0 to 7 0 C Vacuum to 8 Hg Media Fluids Compatible w/ Materials Diameter Tolerances ±.005 Product OD/ID Package *Duro Working **Standard Group Pressure Colors 75 F PU-5-* /8 x /6 50 box 85A 35 PU-5-*-R /8 x /6 500 reel 85A 35 0,, 3, 4, 5, 6, PU-5-*-LR /8 x /6 000 reel 85A 35 7, 8, 9, PU-5-*-XR /8 x /6 500 reel 85A 35 PU-5F-* /8 x /6 50 box 95A 55 0,, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 PU-56-* 5/3 x 5/64 00 box 85A 55 0,, 3, 4, PU-56-*-R 5/3 x 5/ reel 85A 55 5, 6, 7 PU-56-*-LR 5/3 x 5/ reel 85A 55 PU-56F-* 5/3 x 3/3 00 box 95A 0 0,, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 PU-50R-* /4 x /8 00' bag 70A 60 0,, 4, 5, 6 PU-50-* /4 x /8 00 box 85A 45 0,, 3, 4, 5, PU-50-*-R /4 x /8 500 reel 85A 45 6, 7, 8, 9 PU-50-*-LR /4 x /8 000 reel 85A 45 PU-50PB-* /4 x.70 00' bag 90A 5 0,, 3, 4, 6, 7 PU-50F-* /4 x /8 00 box 95A 65 0,, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 7 PU-3-* 5/6 x 3/6 00' bag 85A 0 0,, 4 PU-3-*-R 5/6 x 3/6 500' reel 85A 0 PU-375R-* 3/8 x /4 00' bag 70A 50 3, 4 PU-375-* 3/8 x /4 00' bag 85A 00 0 PU-375-*-R 3/8 x /4 500' reel 85A 00 PU-375PB-* 3/8 x.45 00' bag 90A 5 0,, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 PU-375F-* 3/8 x.45 00' bag 95A 70 0,, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 7, 8 PU-468F-* 5/3 x 5/6 50' bag 95A 55 0,, 3, 4, 6, 9, 7 PU-56F-* 9/6 x 3/8 50' bag 95A 55 0,, 3, 4, 6, 9, 7, 8 PU-750F-* 3/4 x ' reel 95A 75 0, 3, 4, 6, 7 Features l Single and multiple tube l Variety of colors l Coil tubing available l Several sizes to accommodate Pneumadyne fittings Polyurethane Tubing Single Tubing Pneumadyne offers Ether based Polyurethane (PU) Tubing. Material characteristics include minimal water absorption, high flexibility and opaque color pigments. The extrusion process and exclusive formulation produces a high quality tubing and eliminates surface stickiness. ** See Product Number Diagram for Color Code information All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice Tubing & Tubing Accessories *Duro= Durometer Working Pressure: 3 to Safety Factor defined 07

208 Tubing & Tubing Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Multi-Bore Tubing Extruded Polyurethane Multi-bore tubing is two or more tubes that are extruded as a single piece. The tubes are joined with a tough connecting web. This tubing is ideal for applications that encounter severe or constant flexing which might separate the bond on MCR tubing assemblies. A small rib runs the length of one of the tubes for easy identification. All Multi-Bore tubing is mono-colored and is recommended for use with barbed fittings. Pushto-connect fittings are not recommended, the slightly flat surface resulting from stripping may affect the fittings sealing abilities. Product OD/ID Package Durometer Working Standard Group Pressure Colors* psi@ 75 0 F PU-5-*-C /8 X /6 00 box 90A 90 0, PU-50-*-C /4 X /8 00 box 85A 50 PU3-5-*-C /8 X /6 00 box 85A 5 0, PU3-50-*-L /4 X /8 50 box 85A 50 PU4-5-*-C /8 X /6 00 box 85A 5 0 PU4-50-*-L /4 X /8 50 box 85A 50 0, * See Product Number Diagram for Color Code information Working Pressure: 3 to Safety Factor defined Multi-Color Ribbon (MCR) 85A Durometer Bonded Polyurethane Multiple Color Ribbon (MCR) color codes your tubing lines. Great for identification, tracing or trouble shooting, this tubing will withstand the rigors of flexing and rough handling. A unique heat bonding process allows you to easily hand separate the tubing for routing. l See Product Number Diagram for Color Code information Product OD/ID Pkg Working Standard Group Pressure psi 75 0 F PUMC4-5-M 00 box 6, 8, 9, 5 PUMC4-5- /8 X /6 00 box 35,,, PUMC box 8, 8, 8, 8 PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC6-5-M 00 box 5, 4, 3, 6, 7, PUMC6-5- /8 X /6 00 box 35,,,,, PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC8-5-M 00 box 9, 8, 3, 7, 6, 8, 9, 5 PUMC8-5- /8 X /6 00 box 35,,, PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC4-50-M 00 box 6, 8, 9, 5 PUMC4-50- /4 X /8 00 box 45,,, PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC6-50-M 00 box 5, 4, 3, 6, 7, PUMC6-50- /4 X /8 00 box 45,,,,, PUMC box 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 PUMC8-50-M /4 X /8 00 box 45 9, 8, 3, 7, 6, * See Product Number Diagram for Color Code information Working Pressure: 3 to Safety Factor defined 8, 9, 5 08

209 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product OD/ID/Material Package Durometer Working Standard Group Length Pressure psi 75 0 F PUC-5-* /8 X /6 x 0 85A 5 0,, 4, 7 PUC-50-* /4 X /8 X 0 85A 5 0,, 4, 5, 6, 8 PUC-5-* /8 X /6 x 7 90A 60 PUC-50-* /4 X /8 X 0 85A 30 0, * See Product Number Diagram below for Color Code information Working Pressure: 3 to Safety Factor defined Tubing Material PU= Single Polyurethane PU#= PUMC= Product Number Diagram Tubing Multi-Bore Polyurethane Multi-Color Polyurethane PU L Package Size C= 00 Ft L= 50 Ft R= 500 Ft LR= 000 Ft XR= 500 Ft Polyurethane Coils Polyurethane has outstanding memory and flexibility which make it the ideal material for processing into self-storing coiled tubing. These coils are extraordinarily tough and resistant to abrasion, overstretching and kink damage. Pneumadyne offers coils in every size and configuration of polyurethane in single, multi-tube and even jacketed bundles (contact factory for styles not listed). Tubing & Tubing Accessories PUC= Polyurethane Recoil Configuration = two channels 4= four channels 6= six channels 8= eight channels Tube Size (85A) 5= /8 x /6 56= 5/3 x 5/64 50= /4 x /8 3= 5/6 x 3/6 375= 3/8 x /4 468= 5/3 x 5/6 56= 9/6 x 3/8 750= 3/4 x A durometer tubing is not indicated in the part number- however the following letters are used immediately after the tube size to indicate alternative tubing durometers. Tube ID will vary- refer to part number listing for tubing dimensions. F= 95A PB= 90A R= 70A Color Code Opaque M= Multi-Color 0= Natural = Black 3= Red 4= Blue 5= Green 6= Yellow 7= Orange 8= Gray 9= White = Purple 4= Light Gray Transparent 5= Red 6= Green 7= Blue 8= Yellow 9= Orange 3= Purple Polyurethane coils are extraordinarily tough and resistant to abrasion, overstretching and kink damage Multiple Color Ribbon (MCR) is great for identification, tracing or trouble shooting l Please use Product Diagram to interpret part numbers - (do not attempt to build part numbers) see product information for part number listing. 09

210 Tubing & Tubing Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Compact and convenient l Valved coupling l Brass construction l Durable l Available in 303 Stainless Steel Quick Disconnect Coupling Performance Data Temperature Range Operating Pressure Media C v Flow Rate 50 5 psi Available from Pneumadyne, one of the smallest automatic quick disconnect couplings with a shut-off valve on the market. Select from three (3) plug connector styles and four (4) socket connector styles that offer an easy method of connecting and disconnecting single tube lines. Connection of the plug and socket shifts the internal valve forward allowing free flow in both directions. The single shut-off socket connector closes the valve when disconnected. Quick disconnects are exceptionally small and suited for use in applications such as medical, dental, robotics and testing fixtures. -40 o to 50 o F 0 to 30 psi Fluids Compatible w/ Materials Porting Options Plug Connectors 0-3 (M) 0-3 (F) /8 NPT (M) Materials Socket Connectors 0-3 (M) 0-3 (F) /8 NPT (F) /8 NPT (M) Brass, Stainless Steel, Buna-N Seals

211 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax C55000 C C Plug Connector (M) Typ. Ø.40 Typ. Quick Disconnect Socket Connector C C C Product Information Part Number C C C C C55000 C C Description Socket 0-3 (F) Socket /8 NPT Socket 0-3 (M) Socket /8 NPT (F) Plug 0-3 (M) Plug 0-3 (F) Plug /8 NPT All styles available in 303 SS. See Ordering Information below Tubing & Tubing Accessories C Ordering Information All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice Quick disconnects are exceptionally small and suited for use in applications such as medical, dental, robotics and testing fixtures l Use Product Information listing to select product. l Optional Seals available upon request- contact factory. l For 303 Stainless Steel add -303 suffix to the part number.

212 Tubing & Tubing Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Mounting versatilityinline connection or panel mount l Time saving- allows disconnection while system is pressurized l Optional dress plate for finished look l Ideal for medical and dental applications Micro Coupler Micro couplers are used in systems where rapid and repeated connecting and disconnecting of fluid conductors is required. They are ideal for use on test equipment, patch systems, quick set-ups of machines, jigs and fixtures. Micro couplers offer an easy solution, without the use of tools, for the connection and disconnection of single tubing. The plug connector has a specially designed electroless nickel plated brass body with a Buna-N O-ring retained opposite the barb. This quality O-ring ensures a leakproof seal when connected to a socket component. The plug connector body is secured within the plug connector nut by a c-clip enabling the barb to float and rotate thus accommodating the natural twist of the tubing and providing for easier installation. The compact straight-thru socket connector is used on systems where unrestricted flow is required. When coupled with the plug connector the overall length is only 5/8 - ideal for limited space applications. Performance Data Product Straight-thru Valved Temperature Range -0 o to 60 o F -8 0 to 7 0 C Operating Pressure 0 to 5 psi Media Cv Flow Rate (scfm) 50 psi 5 psi Fluids Compatible w/ Materials The unique design of the in-line socket connector with shutoff valve ensures maximum flow and a reliable seal. When connected, flow is directed into a side port on the stem and out the output port. When disconnected a spring slides the stem forward thereby sealing the valve seat and stopping the flow. A Buna-N O-ring retained near the end of the valve stem ensures a reliable, leakproof seal. The bulkhead socket connector with shut-off valve provides the durability and convenience often required for use on test equipment. This miniature coupler (.53 OAL) can be mounted on a control panel via the5/3-3 thread, two () jam nuts and a lock washer are provided to secure the component in place. O-Ring Lock Nut Protects O-ring from damage and contamination while disconnected. C-Clip.3 Body

213 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Ø.375 Ø.375 Socket Connectors 0-3 (F).53 5/6-4 5/3-3 PMCBH-* Valved Bulkhead Socket 0-3 (F).53 5/6-4 PMCIL-* Valved Inline Socket Ø (F) 5/6-4 PMCM-* Straight-thru Socket Ø.535±.005 5/3-3 x.45 DP DP- DP Ø.57 5/8 Hex Ø Ø.4 Ø.4 Plug Connectors PMC-70 Micro Coupler.85 PMC C-Clip C-Clip Tubing & Tubing Accessories Product Information Part Number Description Bulkhead Socket, valved PMCBH-0/3 0-3 (F) PMCBH barb valve assembly PMCBH-0 0 barb valve assembly PMCBH barb valve assembly Inline Socket, valved PMCIL-0/3 0-3 (F) PMCIL barb valve assembly PMCIL-0 0 barb valve assembly PMCIL barb valve assembly Part Number Description Inline Socket, straight-thru PMCM-0/3 0-3 (F) PMCM barb assembly PMCM-0 0 barb assembly PMCM barb assembly Plug Connector PMC-0 Plug: 0 barb PMC-70 Plug: 70 barb Panel Mount Dress Plate DP- Black Anodized DP- Electroless Nickel Ordering Information The micro coupler socket and plug connectors are sold separately and sockets are available with standard fitting options. The electroless nickel plated brass barbed ends are assembled into the 0-3 (F) port of the micro coupler socket. Materials Plug Connector: Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated, Zinc Dichromate O-rings: Buna-N; other materials available- contact factory Socket Connector: Brass, Electroless Nickel Plated Dress Plate: Aluminum, Electroless Nickel Plating, Black Anodized 3

214 Tubing & Tubing Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog Phone Fax Features l One-piece design l /4 & 5/3 push-in connectors l Three body styles l 4 to stations (ports) l Black anodized for corrosion resistance l Threaded option for use with barb fittings Static Bulkhead Connectors Pneumadyne s new Bulkhead Connectors are a fast, convenient method of connecting multiple tubing lines in a control panel or on a machine. The one-piece design features /4 and 5/3 push-in connectors or /4-8 UNF threads and Three body styles are offered to fit application requirements accommodates four to tubing lines. Port numbers are etched into both sides of the Bulkhead Connector to ease line installation and identification. Three body styles are offered to fit application requirements. Choose from: Push-in, Push-in to Threaded and Threaded bodies. The /4 and 5/3 push-in ports feature acetal collets with metal grippers to ensure a lasting tubing connection. /4-8 UNF threads accommodate Pneumadyne s Pneu-Edge Straight Connector barb fittings. These precision machined fittings feature a consistently sharp single-barb design for more permanent polyurethane tubing installation without the need for clamps. Several barb sizes are available to fit tubing requirements. The Bulkhead Connectors are black anodized for corrosion and wear resistance. Materials Aluminum / Black Anodize, Buna-N, Brass, Acetal A Buna-N o-ring provides a seal when mounted against a control panel or a machine Our captured o-ring design provides a superior seal ensuring a leak resistant fitting 4

215 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog Phone Fax Product Information Static Bulkhead Connector Push-in x Push-in Item Stations Connections -/" Body SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in SB /3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in " Body SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in SB /3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in -/" Body SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in SB /3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in SB5-50- /4 Push-in /4 Push-in SB /3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in Push-in x Threaded Item Stations Connections -/" Body SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB /3 Push-in /4-8 UNF " Body SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB /3 Push-in /4-8 UNF -/" Body SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB /3 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB5-50- /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF SB /3 Push-in /4-8 UNF Threaded x Threaded Item Stations Connections -/" Body SB /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF " Body SB /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF -/" Body SB /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF SB35- /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF /4-8 Fittings for use with Static Bulkhead Connectors Item Thread Tube ID SB0 /4-8 UNF /6 SB0 /4-8 UNF 5/64 SB5 /4-8 UNF 3/3 SB30 /4-8 UNF /8 SB40 /4-8 UNF 0.70 SB50 /4-8 UNF 3/6 SB60 /4-8 UNF /4 Tubing & Tubing Accessories Pneumadyne offers a wide selection of Polyurethane tubing for use with the Bulkhead Connectors. A variety of sizes and colors are available to meet system requirements and for line identification purposes. 5

216 Tubing & Tubing Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog Phone Fax Bulkhead Connectors are a fast, convenient method of connecting multiple tubing lines in a control box. Product Number Diagram Static Bulkhead Connector S B Product Indicator SB Body Style = Push-in to Push-in = Push-in to Threaded 3= Threaded to Threaded Body Size 5= -/ 0= 5= -/ Number of Stations 4 Push-in Size 7 50= /4 Push-in 9 56= 5/3 Push-in Example: Static Bulkhead Connector with four stations a -/ Body and /4 Push-in Fittings The /4-8 threaded fittings available for use on the Threaded Body accept eight (ID) sizes of polyurethane tubing. Ordering Information l To order standard product refer to Product Information listing. l /4-8 Fittings available for use with Bulkhead Connectors sold separately. l Polyurethane tubing sold separately. l Contact factory for custom configurations. A Buna-N o-ring on the back side of the Bulkhead Connector provides a seal when mounted against a control panel or a machine 6

217 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog Phone Fax Static Bulkhead Connectors Part Front Back Number A B C Mounting Screws Number Connections Connections Stations OAL (sq) Mounting Panel Hole (4 req. Diameter not included) SB /3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 4 -/".90" -5/6 8-3 SHCS SB /3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 7 ".65" -/6" 0-3 SHCS SB /3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in 9 -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS SB /3 Push-in 5/3 Push-in -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS Tubing & Tubing Accessories SB /3 Push-in /4-8 UNF 4 -/".90" -5/6 8-3 SHCS SB /3 Push-in /4-8 UNF 7 ".65" -/6" 0-3 SHCS SB /3 Push-in /4-8 UNF 9 -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS SB /3 Push-in /4-8 UNF -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in 4 -/".90" -5/6 8-3 SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in 7 ".65" -/6" 0-3 SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4 Push-in 9 -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS SB5-50- /4 Push-in /4 Push-in -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF 4 -/".90" -5/6 8-3 SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF 7 ".65" -/6" 0-3 SHCS SB /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF 9 -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS SB5-50- /4 Push-in /4-8 UNF -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS SB35-4 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF 4 -/".90" -5/6 8-3 SHCS SB30-7 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF 7 ".65" -/6" 0-3 SHCS SB35-9 /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF 9 -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS SB35- /4-8 UNF /4-8 UNF -/".5" -/4" 0-3 SHCS l When design makes a dimension critical- contact factory for confirmation. All dimensions shown subject to change without notice. 7

218 Tubing & Tubing Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Features l Plug/socket assemblies float and rotate l Captive screws expedite connection and disconnection l Mounting versatility The Ribbon Tube Connector The Ribbon Tube Connector easily connects and disconnects sections of a system, ensuring fast installation of multiple tube lines. This feature is especially important when replacing test equipment fixtures, installing new equipment, or repairing machines. The combination of the Pneumadyne Ribbon Tube Connector with multi-bore or multi-color ribbon tubing provides a cost effective method of routing multi-tubing and eliminates the need for spiral wrap or jacketing. The Ribbon Tube Connector consists of two black anodized aluminum retaining bars each containing four (4) channels for the barb connectors. The plug/socket barb assemblies float and rotate within their respective retaining bars to accommodate the natural twist (lay) of single tubing. To prevent misconnection, one channel connection is off-set. Performance Data Temperature Range -0 0 to 60 0 F -8 0 to 7 0 C Operating Pressure 5 psi max. l Please refer to flow rate information Mounting Panel or Surface When additional lines are required, more connectors can be stacked to accommodate the additional tubing lines. Two () spring loaded captive screws connect the two () retaining bars. These screws can be hand tightened, or tightened with a flat-blade screw driver if necessary. The snap-in style spring loaded captive screw expedites assembly and disassembly. The Ribbon Tube Connector can be panel mounted with two () 6-3 screws (not included) or surface mounted with the 0-3 threaded mounting screws. The mounting screws are electroless nickel plated cold rolled steel with a 0-3 female thread tapped in the head of the screw. This permits the vertical stacking of several Ribbon Tube Connectors. The screws completely recess into the socket retaining bar and allow retaining bar assemblies to fit securely together. A 0-3 nut (not supplied) holds multiple assemblies together when not used as a surface mount. The result is a convenient junction point where numerous tube lines can be connected and disconnected easily. (Continued on next page) 8

219 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Product Information Part Number RTCP-06 RTCP-0 RTCP-70 RTCPB RTPB-06 RTPB-0 RTPB Description Socket bar Plug bar Ribbon Tube Plug - 06 barb Ribbon Tube Plug - 0 barb Ribbon Tube Plug - 70 barb Ribbon Tube Plug Bar ONLY (with Captive Screws) Ribbon Tube Plug Bar with 06 barb Ribbon Tube Plug Bar with 0 barb Ribbon Tube Plug Bar with 70 barb Ribbon Tube Connector Part Number RTCS-06 RTCS-0 RTCS-70 RTCSB RTSB-06 RTSB-0 RTSB for 70 barb.6 for 0 barb.9 for 06 barb Description Ribbon Tube Socket - 06 barb Ribbon Tube Socket - 0 barb Ribbon Tube Socket - 70 barb Ribbon Tube Socket Bar ONLY (with Mounting Screws) Ribbon Tube Socket Bar with 06 barb Ribbon Tube Socket Bar with 0 barb Ribbon Tube Socket Bar with 70 barb Ordering Information The plug barb assembly and socket assembly are sold separately and are available with all barbs of one size. Separate components of the Ribbon Tube Connector are also available for applications requiring assorted barb sizes. (Continued) Retained in a recessed area near the end of the plug is a Buna N O-ring. Often a face seal requires placement and realignment after each connection and disconnection, this design keeps the O-ring in place. This high quality seal ensures a leakproof fit between the plug and the socket. Tubing & Tubing Accessories Materials Retaining Bars: Black Anodized Aluminum Plug/Socket assemblies: Brass, Electroless Nickel Plating Mounting Screws: Cold Rolled Steel, Electroless Nickel Plating O-rings: Buna-N - other materials available- contact factory 9

220 Tubing & Tubing Accessories PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Tube Cutter Product Description Number Polyurethane tubing characteristics include minimal water absorption, high flexibility and opaque color pigments TC-000 TCR Tube Cutter Blade Replacement Precision cutter makes quick, clean and square cuts on all plastic tubing materials. All dimensions and specifications are subject to change without notice Durometer Defined 70A Durometer tubing is a softer compound that has a very lively, rubbery characteristic. It is extremely flexible, has good memory, resists kinking. This supple tubing installs easily onto barbed fittings but is recommended only for low pressure applications. 85A Durometer tubing is flexible enough to make tight bends without kinking and is designed to work with mini-barb fittings. The materials outstanding memory provides a tight grip requiring no clamping up to 00 psi. 90A Durometer hardness gives additional burst pressure strength needed for larger diameter sizes of PUR tubing. The /4 x.70 and /4 x 3/6 sizes are designed for optimal flow characteristics, but should only be used with barbed type fittings. Careful attention should be paid to the lower working pressure capabilities of these thinner wall tubings. 95A Durometer tubing is a slightly harder compound that increases wall rigidity to enable it to work with most brands of push-to-connect pneumatic fittings. It offers outstanding toughness and significantly higher working pressures, yet sacrifices very little flexibility. Working Pressure Information Temperature consideration Thermoplastic tubing is affected by temperature. Careful consideration must be given to the reduced pressure capabilities of tubing as temperatures are increased. The Pressure rating of polyurethane tubing is determined by testing the short term bursting pressure at 75 F. The working pressure is calculated as a ratio of the burst pressure by dividing the burst pressure by an appropriate safety factor. Three-toone, or four-to-one safety factors are commonly used depending upon the severity of the application. If required, reinforced tubing can offer significantly higher pressure ratings. Example: If tubing burst pressure is F, the working pressure with a 3 to safety factor is 50 psi, or with a 4 to safety factor the working pressure would be psi. Safety factors of less than 3 to are not recommended. Formula: Burst pressure = Working pressure Safety factor Example: F 50 psi 3 to safety factor = Working pressure 0

221 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax Glossary Acetal plastic tough, stable engineering thermoplastic with a high modulus of elasticity, high strength, good rigidity, dimensional stability, resistance to moisture, solvents, and other chemicals. Active device A device that has an input(s) which controls a power supply to the device. Actuator An integral part of a device that transmits force causing the device to act in the intended manner. Air motor A device which converts pneumatic fluid power into mechanical torque and motion. It usually provides rotary mechanical motion. Air, compressed (pressure) Air at any pressure greater than atmospheric. Boyle s Law The absolute pressure of a fixed mass of gas varies inversely as the volume, provided the temperature remains constant. Break-out Force necessary to inaugurate sliding. Expressed in same terms as friction. An excessive break-out valve indicates the development of adhesion. Charles Law The volume of a fixed mass of gas varies directly with absolute temperature, provided the pressure remains constant. Circuit, metered-in A speed control circuit in which the control is achieved by regulating the supply flow to the actuator. Circuit, metered-out A speed control circuit in which the control is achieved by regulating the exhaust flow from the actuator. Cushion A device which provides controlled resistance to motion. Cv Flow coefficient or pneumatic conductance expresses the flow capability of any fixed orifice pneumatic device for a given fluid. Cylinder cap A cylinder end closure which completely covers the bore area. Cylinder capacity, extending Volume required for one full extension of a cylinder. Cylinder, double acting A cylinder in which fluid force can be applied to the moveable element in either direction. Cylinder, single acting A cylinder in which the fluid force can be applied to the movable element in only one direction. Reference Glossary Air, dried Air with moisture content lower than the maximum allowable for a given applications. Air, free Air at ambient temperature, pressure, relative humidity, and density. Air, saturated Air at 00% relative humidity, with a dew point equal to temperature. Air standard Air at a temperature of F, a pressure of 4.70 pounds per square inch absolute, and a relative humidity of 36% ( pounds per cubic foot). In gas industries the temperature of standard air is usually given as F. Air (see fluid) A gas mixture consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, argon, carbon dioxide, hydrogen, and small quantities of neon, helium and other gases. AND Device A control device which has its output in the logical state if and only if all the control signals assume the logical state. Circuit, sequence A circuit which established the order in which two or more phases of a circuit occur. Compression set The amount by which a rubber specimen fails to return to original shape after release of the compressive load. Compressor A device which converts mechanical force and motion into pneumatic fluid power. Condensation The process of changing a vapor into a liquid condensate by the extraction of heat. Conductor A component whose primary function is to contain and direct fluid. Contaminant Any material of substance which is unwanted or adversely affects the fluid power system or components, or both. Creep The progressive relaxation of a given rubber material while it is under stress. This relaxation eventually results in permanent deformation or set. Cylinder A device which converts fluid power into linear mechanical force and motion. It usually consists of a movable element such as a piston and a piston rod, plunger or ram, operating within a cylindrical bore. Detented (maintained) The design intention of a device to maintain the state of its last actuation after the operator force is removed. Diverter (Valve) A device whose power source at one input port is diverted to one of two or more output ports. Durometer. An instrument for measuring the hardness of rubber. Measures the resistance to the penetration of an indentor point into the surface of rubber.. Numerical scale of rubber hardness. Filter. A device whose primary function is the removal by porous media of insoluble contaminants from a liquid or a gas.. Chemically inert, finely divided material added to the elastomer to aid in process and improve physical properties.

222 Reference Glossary PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax Fitting a connector or closure for fluid power lines and passages. Flip flop A digital component or circuit with two stable states and sufficient hysteresis so that is has memory. Its state is changed with a control pulse; a continuous control signal is not necessary for it to remain in a given state. Flow rate The volume, mass or weight of a fluid passing through any conductor per unit of time. Fluid A substance which tends to conform to the outline of its container and capable of flowing as a liquid or a gas. Fluid logic A branch of fluid power associated with digital signal sensing and information processing, using components with or without moving parts. Fluid power Energy transmitted and controlled through use of a pressurized fluid. Fluid, pneumatic A fluid suitable for use in a pneumatic system, usually air. Gauge damper (snubber) A device employing a fixed or variable restrictor inserted in the pipeline to a pressure gauge to prevent damage to the gauge mechanism caused by rapid fluctuations of fluid pressure. Gauge, pressure A gauge which indicates the pressure in the system to which it is connected. Inhibitor Any substance which, when present in very small proportions, slows, prevents or modifies chemical reactions such as corrosion or oxidation. Lubricator A device which adds controlled or metered amounts of lubricants into a fluid power system. Memory Tendency of a material to return to original shape after deformation. Momentary The design intention of a device to return to the normal unactuated state after the operator force is removed. Muffler A device for reducing gas flow noise. Noise is decreased by back pressure control of gas expansion. Non-threaded A term applied to exhaust ports without internal threads to prevent connection. NOR device A control device which has its output in the logical state if and only if all the control signals assume the logical 0 state. Normally closed (electrical) The state of the output or switch is ON (passing current) with no external influence. Normally open (electrical) The state of the output or switch is OFF (not passing current) with no external influence. Normally closed (fluid power) - often referred to as normally not passing The state of the output or valve is OFF with no external influence. Normally open (fluid power) -often referred to as normally passing The state of the output or valve is ON with no external influence. NOT device A control device which has its output in the logical state if and only if the control signal assume the logical 0 state. The NOT device is a single input NOR device. OR device A control device which has its output in the logical 0 state if and only if all the control signals assume the logical 0 state. Packing A sealing device consisting of bulk deformable material of one or more mating deformable elements, reshaped by manually adjustable compression to obtain and maintain effectiveness. It usually uses axial compression to obtain radial sealing. Pascal s Law A pressure applied to a confined fluid at rest is transmitted with equal intensity throughout the fluid. Passive Device A device that does not have a dedicated supply source and operates solely on the input(s) alone. Permanent set The deformation remaining after a specimen has been stressed in tension for a definite period and released for a defined period. Pneumatics Engineering science pertaining to gaseous pressure and flow. Poppet A component of a valve that seals or opens an internal passage across its full area to allow or prevent flow. Port A terminus of a passage in a component to which conductors can be connected. Pressure Force per unit area, usually expressed in pounds per square inch (bar). Pressure, absolute The pressure above zero, i.e., the sum of atmospheric and gauge pressure. In vacuum related work it is usually expressed in millimeters of mercury (mm-hg). Pressure, atmospheric Pressure exerted by the atmosphere at any specific location. (Sea level pressure is approximately 4.7 pounds per square inch absolute. bar=4.7 psi) Manifold A conductor which provides multiple connection ports. Maximum inlet pressure The maximum rated gauge pressure applied to the inlet port of the regulator. Operator A device that attaches to another assembly and applies force to the actuator of that assembly allowing it to act in the intended manner. Pressure, back The pressure encountered on the return side of a system. Pressure, breakloose (breakout) The minimum pressure which initiates movement.

223 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Pressure, burst The pressure which causes failure of and consequential loss of fluid through the product envelope. Pressure, cracking The pressure at which a pressure-operated valve begins to pass fluid. Pressure, differential (pressure drop) The difference in pressure between any two points of a system or a component Pressure, proof The non-destructive test pressure, in excess of the maximum rated operating pressure, which causes non permanent deformation, excessive external leakage, or other resulting malfunction. Pressure, rated The qualified operating pressure which is recommended for a component or system by the manufacturer. Quick disconnect coupling A component which can quickly join or separate a fluid line without the use of tools or special devices. Ring,O A ring which has a round cross-section. Squeeze Cross section diametral compression of O-ring between surface of the groove bottom and surface of the other mating metal part in the gland assembly. Stroke Ratio Each push-button valve selected has a given actuation stroke and force. The Thumb and Cam Operators will provide an increased stroke and decreased force in the ratios noted while providing a correct ergonomic or machine interface for various system applications. Vacuum Pressure less than ambient atmospheric pressure measured in inches of mercury (Hg ). Valve A device which controls fluid flow direction, pressure or flow rate. Valve, air A valve for controlling air. Valve, directional control A valve whose primary function is to direct or prevent flow through selected passages. Valve, directional control, 3-way A directional control valve whose primary function is to pressurize and exhaust a port. Reference Glossary Seal, cup A sealing device with a radial base integral with an axial cylindrical projection at its out diameter. Seal, dynamic A sealing device used between parts that have relative motion. Seal, elastomer A material having rubber-like properties; i.e., having the capacity for large deformation and rapid, substantially complete, recovery on release from the deforming force. Selector (Valve) A device which selects from separate power sources at two input ports and directs the selected source to a single output port. Silencer A device for reducing gas flow noise. Noise is decreased by tuned resonant control of gas expansion. Valve, directional control, 4-way A directional control valve whose primary function is to pressurize and exhaust two ports. Valve, flow control (flow metering) A valve whose primary function is to control flow rate. Valve, needle A flow control valve in which the adjustable control element is a tapered needle. Its usual purpose is the bidirectional control of flow. Valve, pilot operate (indirect) A valve in which a relatively small flow through an integral flowpath (pilot) controls the movement of the main elements. Valve, Pilot A valve applied to operate another valve. 3

224 Reference PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Chemical Resistance Information (Tubing Information) N PUR PE PVC Acetic Acid, Glacial Acetic Acid, 30% Acetone Acetylene - 4 Alkazene Aluminum Chloride (aq) - 3 Aluminum Nitrate (aq) Ammonia Anhydrous - 4 Ammonia Gas (cold) Ammonia Gas (hot) - 4 Ammonia Chloride (aq) - Ammonium Sulfate (aq) - Amyl Alcohol - 4 Amyl Napthalene Animal Fats Aqua Regia Arsenic Acid - 3 Asphalt - ASTM Fuel A ASTM Fuel B ASTM Fuel C - 3 Barium Chloride (aq) - Beer Beet Sugar Liquors - 4 Benzene Benzine Blast Furnace Gas Bleach Solutions Borax - Boric Acid - Brake Fluid Brine Bromine Water Bunker Oil Butane 3 3 Butter Butyl Alcohol 3 4 Butylene - 4 Calcium Chloride (aq) Calcium Hydroxide (aq) - Calcium Nitrate (aq) - - Calcium Sulfide (aq) Cane Sugar Liquors Carbolic Acid Carbon Dioxide - 3 Carbon Acid - Carbon Monoxide - Carbon Tetrachloride 3 4 Castor Oil - - Chlorine (dry) 4 4 Chlorine (wet) Chloroform Chlorox Chromic Acid 4 4 Citric Acid Coal Tar Coconut Oil - - Cod Liver Oil - - Coke Oven Gas Copper Chloride (aq) - Copper Cyanide (aq) - Corn Oil - 3 Cotton Seed Oil - Creosol Cychlohexane 4 Denatured Alcohol Detergent Solution - 4 Diesel Oil Dioxane Dowtherm Oil Dry Cleaning Fluids Ethane Ethyl Acrylate Ethyl Alcohol Ethyl Benzine Ethyl Cellulose Ethyl Chloride Ethyl Ether Ethylene Chloride Ethylene Glycol 4 Ethylene Oxide N PUR PE PVC Ethylene Trichloride Ferric Chloride (aq) - Ferric Nitrate (aq) - Ferric Sulfate (aq) - Fluorine (Liquid) Formaldehyde (RT) - 4 Formic Acid 3 3 Freon Freon 3 Freon 4 - Fuel Oil - 3 Futural Glucose - 4 Glue - 3 Glycerin Glycols Green Sulfate Liquor Hexane - 3 Hydraulic Oil - Hydrochloric Acid (cold) 37% - 4 Hydrochloric Acid (hot) 37% Hydrofluoric Acid (Conc.) Cold Hydrochloric Acid (Conc.) Hot Hydrogen Gas Isobutyl Alcohol Isooctane Isopropyl Acetate Isopropyl Alcohol Isopropyl Ether - Kerosene 3 4 Lacquers Lacquer Solvents Lard - Lavender Oil Lead Acetate (aq) - 4 Linseed Oil 3 Liquid Petroleum Gas Lubricating Oils - 4 Lye Magnesium Chloride (aq) Magnesium Hydroxide (aq) - 4 Mercury Methane Methyl Acetate 4 4 Methyl Acrylate Methyl Alcohol 4 Methyl Butyl Ketone Methyl Chloride Methylene Chloride Methyl Ethyl Ketone 4 4 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone Milk 4 Mineral Oil Naphtha 3 Naphthalene 4 Natural Gas Neatsfoot Oil Nitric Acid (Conc.) Nitric Acid (Delute.) Nitroethane Nitrogen N-Octane Oleic Acid 3 3 Oleum Spirits Olive Oil - 3 Oxygen-Cold - - Oxygen ( F) Paint Thinner,Duco Perchloric Acid Perchloroethylene Petroleum- Below 50 0 F Petroleum- Above 50 0 F Phenol Phenyl Ethyl Ether Phosphoric Acid 45% Pickling Solution Picric Acid 3-4 Potassium Acetate (aq) Potassium Chloride (aq) - Potassium Cyanide (aq) - Potassium Hydroxide (aq) 3 4 Producer Gas - N PUR PE PVC Prospane 3 3 Propyl Alcohol Propylene Proplylene Oxide Pydraul, 0E, 9 ELT Pydraul, 30E, 50E, 65 E Pydraul, 5E Pydraul, 30E, 3C, 540C Rapeseed Oil Red Oil (MIL-H-5606) RJ- (MIL-F-3338 B) RP- (MIL-F-5576 C) Salt Water Sewage Silicate Esters Silicone Oils - Silver Nitrate - Skydrol Skydrol Soap Solutions 3 3 Sodium Chloride (aq) Sodium Hydroxide (aq) 4 Sodium Peroxide (aq) - 4 Sodium Phosphate (aq) Sodium Sulfate (aq) - Soy Bean Oil - Steam Under F Steam Over F Stoddard Solvent Styrene Sucrose Solution Sulfuric Acid (Dilute) - 3 Sulfuric Acid (Conc.) Sulfuric Acid (0% Oleum) Sulfurous Acid - 3 Tannic Acid - Tetrochlorethylene Toluene Transformer Oil Transmission Fluid Type A Trichloroethane Trichloroethylene Turbine Oil - 3 Turpentine 4 3 Varnish Vinegar 4 Vinyl Chloride Water Whiskey, Wines 3 White Oil Wood Oil Xylene Zinc Acetate (aq) Zinc Chloride (aq) Note: the ratings provided are very general guidelines to be referred to only for initial screening purposes. Specific tubing compounds can be positively or negatively affected by varying temperatures, chemical mixtures and/or static vs. dynamic applications. Careful testing under actual conditions is essential. Accuracy for these ratings is not given or implied. N= Nylon PUR= Polyurethane PE= Polyethylene PVC=Polyvinyl Chloride Ratings: = Little or no impact = Minor effect 3= Moderate effect 4= Severe effect 4

225 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Warranty & Warnings Warranty Pneumadyne guarantees each product against defects in material and workmanship for one year from date of shipment. Because of a policy of constant improvement, Pneumadyne reserves the right to make design changes and improvements in our products at any time without notice or assuming any obligations to incorporate changes and improvements in products previously sold, nor to replace previously sold products with these changes and improvements. Warrantied Returns Any warranty is void if returned product is disassembled or if the configuration has been altered in any way. Disclaimer We make no other warranty, expressed or implied. Remedies If product fails to perform as warranted, Pneumadyne will repair or replace, at our option. We will not assume any liability for consequential damages, labor delays or any other charges. Warnings Design & Specification All published information is based on usual manufacturing standards and product applications and is for general reference purposes. Supplied information is in no way a representation of a warranty for product. Applications Pneumadyne, Inc. components are designed for specific applications in pneumatic systems. They are tested with filtered and lubricated air under specified limits of temperature and pressure. For special uses with media other than air, for nonindustrial application or for life support systems, contact Pneumadyne, Inc. for more information. Complying with our specifications will ensure safe and proper installation and operation. Regulators are for use in industrial compressed air applications only and are not to be used where pressure or temperature can exceed rated operating conditions. See Performance Data. Pressure indicating and feedback devices such as gauges and transducers must be regularly checked and calibrated to insure accuracy. Calibration should be done prior to installation and at regular intervals. Refer to ANSIB for standards relating to gauge performance and use. Consult Pneumadyne before using this product with media other than air or in nonindustrial, life support applications. Suitability for Application It is the responsibility of the specifying and purchasing organization to determine suitability of any Pneumadyne product for a particular application. The customer assumes all risk in the testing and investigating of a product to be used in a specific application. Materials Compatibility Occasionally lubricants or contaminants found in compressed air systems can attack material used in the manufacture of these components, resulting in product failure. The installer should ensure component materials are compatible with the system. High Pressure Level Compressed air systems are under a high level of pressure. Any attempt to connect, disconnect or repair these components under these circumstances could result in serious personal injury. Disconnect and vent all pressure sources prior to removal. Code Compliance Pneumadyne strongly advises that all installation and repair of components be performed by FPS certified personnel. The installer is cautioned to observe all electrical, mechanical and other codes applicable to the installation and operation of these products. Repair & Conversion Components are required to be checked for leakage and proper function prior to installation and operation if they have been disassembled for repair or if their configuration has been altered. Mixed Wastes In order for Pneumadyne, Inc. to stay compliant with 40 CFR part 66: Storage, Treatment, Transportation and disposal of Mixed Wastes, and 40 CFR parts 6 and 68 Hazardous Waste Identification Rule (HWIR); Revisions to mixture and Derived from rules, any parts sent back for return to Pneumadyne, Inc. must be cleaned and free from any Media or Chemical upon arrival at our facility. Reference 5

226 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Catalog Terms & Conditions This catalog constitutes an offer of sale by Pneumadyne Inc., ( Pneumadyne ) of its products. Acceptance of this offer by ordering is subject to the terms and conditions of this offer. Any additional terms and conditions contained in any written or verbal purchase order are objected to and shall not be binding on Pneumadyne unless agreed to in writing. The terms herein shall govern and any conflicting, varying or supplemental provisions shall be null and void.. Contract. Acceptance of Pneumadyne s offer occurs and a contract exists upon the submission of a written or verbal purchase order subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. Such terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between the parties. No change in such terms and conditions shall be valid unless agreed to in writing by an authorized officer of Pneumadyne.. Price. Shall be the price in effect on the date of delivery. Pneumadyne may sell to its other customers at prices that are equal to, greater than, or less than the prices listed in the catalog. 3. Payment. Payment net thirty (30) days after the rendering of Pneumadyne s invoice or credit card or COD upon rendering of invoice dependent upon account type or status. All amounts past due are subject to a late charge of the lesser of one and one-half percent ( /%) per month (being eighteen percent (8%) per annum) or the highest lawful rate. Until payment in full under this agreement, Pneumadyne retains and buyer hereby grants a purchase money security interest pursuant to Minnesota Statute , or the applicable state U.C.C. enactment in the items purchased hereunder. The security interest will cover all accessions and proceeds of the property. Title in the products shall not pass until full payment has been received by Pneumadyne. 4. Tax. Any tax imposed by federal, state or other governmental authority on the sale of product under this agreement shall be paid by the buyer in addition to the quoted purchase price. 5. Delivery. Delivery term is FOB, Pneumadyne s facility Plymouth, MN. Dates of delivery are estimates of approximate dates of delivery, not a guaranty of a particular day of delivery. Pneumadyne shall not be liable for failure or delay in shipping for any cause of any kind whatsoever beyond the control of Pneumadyne. Pneumadyne may ship +/-5% from accepted quantity due to the yield from the production process. Exceptions must be negotiated to assess the effect on pricing. 6. Inspection. Buyer shall inspect the products at delivery and shall notify Pneumadyne of any defects or discrepancies within three (3) days of receipt of the products. Failure to provide any such notice within such time shall be deemed an acceptance in full of any such delivery. Please verify all information, tolerances, dimensions, compounds and materials. Except in the particulars specified by Buyer and expressly agreed to in writing by Pneumadyne, all material shall be produced in accordance with Pneumadyne's standard practices. All material, including that produced to meet an exact specification, shall be subject to tolerances and variations consistent with usages of the trade and regular mill practices concerning: dimension, weight, straightness, section, composition and mechanical properties; normal variations in surface, internal conditions and quality; and deviations from tolerances and variations consistent with practical testing and inspection methods. 7. Limited Warranty. Pneumadyne warrants that the products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for one year from the date of shipment. During the warranty period, Pneumadyne will, at its option: () provide replacement parts necessary to repair the products, () replace the products with a comparable product, or (3) refund the amount paid by Buyer for the products upon return. Custom orders CANNOT be returned for credit. The warranties provided for herein shall be governed by Pneumadyne's warranty policies in effect on the date of shipment. Pneumadyne shall have no obligation to Buyer with respect to providing any warranty on any products for which Pneumadyne has not received full payment from Buyer and Pneumadyne's warranties do not extend beyond the original Buyer and may not be assigned or passed through by Buyer. This warranty is void if product has been disassembled or used or if the configuration has been altered in any way. PNEUMADYNE DOES NOT AUTHOR- IZE ANY OTHER PERSON TO ACT ON ITS BEHALF, TO MODIFY OR CHANGE THIS WARRANTY, NOR TO ASSUME ANY OTHER WARRANTY OR LIABILITY CONCERNING THE PRODUCTS. 8. Disclaimer of Warranty/Limitation of Liability. Pneumadyne undertakes no responsibility that the products will be fit for any particular purpose for which Buyer may be buying the products, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, and Pneumadyne disclaims all other warranties and conditions, express or implied. The right to return defective products, as described in Section 7 above, shall constitute Pneumadyne's sole liability and Buyer's exclusive remedy in connection with any claim of any kind relating to the quality, condition or performance of any Products, whether such claim is based upon principles of contract, warranty, negligence or other tort, breach of any statutory duty, principles of indemnity or contribution, or otherwise. PNEUMADYNE (INCLUDING ITS SUB- SIDIARIES, AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, 6

227 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Catalog Terms & Conditions DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS, ALL OF WHICH ARE REFERRED TO HEREIN COLLECTIVELY AS THE PNEUMA- DYNE AFFILIATES ) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE TO BUYER OR ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUEN- TIAL, INCIDENTAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF THE PRODUCTS OR ANY ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF SUBSTITUTE OR REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT, FACILI- TIES OR SERVICES, DOWN TIME, BUYER'S TIME, LOST DATA, INJURY TO PROPERTY OR ANY DAMAGES OR SUMS PAID BY BUYER TO THIRD PARTIES, EVEN IF PNEUMADYNE OR ANY OF THE PNEUMADYNE AFFILI- ATES HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING LIMITATION OF LIA- BILITY SHALL APPLY WHETHER ANY CLAIM IS BASED UPON PRINCIPLES OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLI- GENCE, OR OTHER TORT, BREACH OF ANY STATUTORY DUTY, PRINCI- PLES OF INDEMNITY OR CONTRIBU- TION, THE FAILURE OF ANY LIMITED OR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY TO ACHIEVE ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE, OR OTHERWISE. IN NO EVENT SHALL PNEUMADYNE OR ANY PNEUMADYNE AFFILIATE BE LIABLE TO BUYER OR ANY OTHER PARTY FOR LOSS, DAMAGE, OR INJURY OF ANY KIND OR NATURE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- TION WITH THESE TERMS AND CON- DITIONS IN EXCESS OF THE NET PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PROD- UCTS ACTUALLY DELIVERED TO AND PAID FOR BY BUYER HEREUNDER. PNEUMADYNE DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGE- MENT WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS AND NONE OF PNEUMA- DYNE OR ANY PNEUMADYNE AFFILI- ATE SHALL HAVE ANY DUTY TO DEFEND, INDEMNIFY, OR HOLD HARMLESS BUYER FROM AND AGAINST ANY OR ALL DAMAGES OR COSTS INCURRED BY BUYER ARIS- ING FROM THE INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS OR TRADEMARKS OR VIO- LATION OF COPYRIGHTS BY ANY OF THE PRODUCTS. 9. Patent and Copyright. Buyer shall with respect to product manufactured by Pneumadyne in accordance with designs, processes or formulas supplied, determined or requested by buyer, defend Pneumadyne at buyer s expense and pay all costs and damages awarded in any suit brought against Pneumadyne for infringement of any patent by reason of the use of such designs, processes or formulas, provided Pneumadyne notifies buyer in writing of any claim or suit for infringement and tenders defense to Buyer. 0. Custom Products. Pneumadyne reserves the right to use content and/or images of all products manufactured by Pneumadyne, Inc. in printed advertising materials, internet web pages, trade show booth exhibits, broadcast media and marketing materials to promote custom design & manufacturing capabilities. To request that images and content manufactured for a specific application not be used, please submit your request to the Marketing Department at upon receipt of our quotation.. Force Majeure. Pneumadyne shall not be held responsible for any failure of performance to make timely delivery of all or any part of the products in the event such failure was due, in whole or in part, to federal or municipal action, statute, ordinance or regulation, strike or other labor trouble, fire or other damage to or destruction of, in whole or in part, the products or the manufacturing facility for the products, the lack of or inability to obtain raw materials, labor, fuel, electrical power, water or supplies, or any other cause, act of God, contingency or circumstances not subject to the reasonable control of Pneumadyne, which causes delays or hinders the manufacture or delivery of products. Pneumadyne shall determine in good faith the extent to which it can reasonably control a cause, contingency, or circumstance that affects the performance of its obligations.. Remedies. The remedies provided to Pneumadyne shall be cumulative and in addition to any other remedies provided in law or equity. If Pneumadyne retains an attorney to collect any amount due under this contract Buyer shall pay Pneumadyne its costs and expenses including but not limited to attorney fees. A waiver of a breach of any provision hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of any other breach. The invalidity in the whole or in part of any provision hereof shall not affect the validity of any other provision. 3. Applicable Law. The contract resulting from the acceptance of Pneumadyne s offer shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the state of Minnesota. Buyer consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Minnesota in connection with any controversy related in any way to this contract or any transaction or matter relating to this contract, waives any argument that venue in such forums is not convenient, and agrees that any litigation initiated by the buyer against Pneumadyne relating in any way to this transaction shall be venued in either the District Court of Hennepin County, Minnesota, or the United States District Court, District of Minnesota, Fourth Division. 7

228 8 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing F 6 7 8FL 8FT 9L A M A0-0- A0-0- A0-0-3 A0-0-4 A0-0-5 A0-0-6 A0-0-7 A0-- A0-- A0--3 A0--4 A0--5 A0--6 A0--7 A0-30- A0-30- A A A A A A0-3- A0-3- A0-3-3 A0-3-4 A0-3-5 A0-3-6 A0-3-7 A-0-4 A-0-6 A-0-7 A-0-4 A-0-44 A-0-46 A-0-47 A-0-64 A-0-66 A-0-67 A-0-74 A-0-76 A-0-77 A--4 A--6 A--7 A--44 A--46 A--47 A--64 A--66 A--67 A--74 A--76 A--77 A-30-4 A-30-6 A-30-7 A-30-4 A A A A A A A A A A-3-4 A-3-6 A-3-7 A-3-44 A-3-46 A-3-47 A-3-64 A-3-66 A-3-67 A-3-74 A-3-76 A-3-77 A3-30- A3-30- A A A A A A4C-/8-DP A4C-/8-PK A4C-/8-SR A4C-00-DP A4C-00-PK A4C-00-SR A4C-5-DP A4C-5-PK A4C-5-SR A4C-56-DP A4C-56-PK A4C-56-SR A4C-50-DP A4C-50-PK A4C-50-SR A4N-00-DP A4N-00-PK A4N-00-SR AJB- AJB-.5 AJB- AJH AJK-AN AJK-HAN AM45-/8-SR AM45-00-SR AMM-0-66 AMM AN- AN- AN-3 AN-4 AN-5 AN-6 AOT AP- AP- AP45-/8-DP AP45-/8-SR AP45-00-DP AP45-00-SR APLP- BA- BF-06 BF-06- BF-06-F BF-06-FL BF-06-L BF-0- BF-0-L BF-40 BF-70- BF-70- BF-70-F BF-70-FL BF-70-L BFC-3 BFC-3P BFCR-3 BFCR-3P C040 C0403 C0405 C0407 C04 C043 C045 C047 C050 C0503 C0505 C0507 C05 C053 C055 C057 C060 C0603 C0605 C0607 C06 C063 C065 C067 C070 C0703 C0705 C0707 C07 C073 C075 C077 C0300 C03003 C03005 C03007 C03009 C030 C0303 C0305 C0307 C0300 C03003 C03005 C03007 C03009 C0300 C030 C0303 C0305 C0307 C03030 C C C C0303 C03033 C03035 C03037 C03040 C C C C0304 C03043 C03045 C03047 C03050 C C C C C03050

229 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing C0305 C03053 C03055 C03057 C03060 C C C C0306 C03063 C03065 C03067 C03070 C C C C0307 C03073 C03075 C03077 C03090 C C C C0309 C03093 C03095 C03097 C0300 C03003 C03005 C03007 C030 C0303 C0305 C0307 C0300 C03003 C03005 C03007 C030 C0303 C0305 C0307 C030 C0303 C0305 C0307 C03 C033 C035 C037 C030 C0303 C0305 C0307 C03 C033 C035 C037 C0330 C03303 C03305 C03307 C033 C0333 C0335 C0337 C0340 C03403 C03405 C03407 C034 C0343 C0345 C0347 C0400 C04003 C04005 C04007 C040 C0403 C0405 C0407 C0400 C04003 C04005 C04007 C040 C0403 C0405 C0407 C04040 C C C C0404 C04043 C04045 C04047 C04050 C C C C0405 C04053 C04055 C04057 C04060 C C C0406 C04063 C04065 C04067 C04070 C C C0407 C04073 C04075 C04090 C C C C0409 C04093 C04095 C04097 C0400 C04003 C04005 C04007 C040 C0403 C0405 C0407 C040 C040-HD C0403 C0403-HD C0430 C0430-HD C04303 C04303-HD C0440 C0440 C04403 C0450 C0450-HD C0450 C0450-HD C04503 C04503-HD C0460 C0460-HD C0460 C0460-HD C04603 C04603-HD C0480 C0480 C04803 C0490 C04903 C0500 C0500 C05004 C0500 C0500 C05004 C05005 C05006 C0500 C05030 C05030 C05040 C05040-SS C05050 C05050-SS C05050 C C C05060 C05060 C C C C07030 C C07050 C C C07060 C C50 C500 C500 C500 C55000 C55000 C C C C C C C C57050 CA- CA- CA-4 CCV-44-4 CCV-F- CCV-F- CCV-F-3 CCV-F-4 DA0-5- DA DA DA DA0-50- DA DA DA DP- DP- E/8-/4 E0-/8 EA-LB0 EA-LB0-SLOT EA-LB0 EA-LB0-SLOT EA-LB5 EA-LB5-SLOT EA-LB30 EA-LB30-SLOT EA-LB40 EA-LB40-SLOT EA-LB50 EA-LB50-SLOT EA-T0 EA-T0-SLOT EA-T0 EA-T0-SLOT 9

230 30 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing EA-T5 EA-T5-SLOT EA-T30 EA-T30-SLOT EA-T40 EA-T40-SLOT EA-T50 EA-T50-SLOT EB0 EB0-/6 EB0-/4 EB0-/8 EB0-50 EB0-4-8 EB0-M3 EB0-M5 EB0-M6 EB0 EB0-/6 EB0-/4 EB0-/8 EB0-50 EB0-3/8 EB0-4-8 EB0-M3 EB0-M5 EB0-M6 EB5 EB5-/6 EB5-/4 EB5-/8 EB5-50 EB5-3/8 EB5-4-8 EB5-M3 EB5-M5 EB5-M6 EB30 EB30-/6 EB30-/4 EB30-/8 EB30-50 EB30-3/8 EB EB30-M3 EB30-M5 EB30-M6 EB35 EB35-/4 EB40 EB40-/6 EB40-/4 EB40-/8 EB40-50 EB40-3/8 EB EB40-M3 EB40-M5 EB40-M6 EB50 EB50-/6 EB50-/4 EB50-/8 EB EB60 EB60-/6 EB60-/4 EB60-/8 EB60-3/8 EB EB70-/4 EB70-/8 EB80-/4 EB80-/8 EB80-3/8 EBK-0 EBK-0 EBK-5 EBK-30 EBK EBK-40-0 EBK-40-5 EBK-40-5/6 EBK-60-/8 EBK-60-3/8 EC0 EC0 EC0-SL EC5 EC30 EC35 EC40 EC50 EC60 EC70 EC80 EFB0 EFB0-/4 EFB0-/8 EFB0 EFB0-/4 EFB0-/8 EFB5-/8 EFB30 EFB30-/4 EFB30-/8 EFB35-/8 EFB40 EFB40-/4 EFB40-/8 EFB50-/4 EFB50-/8 EFB60-/4 EFB60-/8 EFB80-/4 EFB80-/8 EFLB0 EFLB0-/4 EFLB0-/8 EFLB0-S EFLB0 EFLB0-/4 EFLB0-/8 EFLB0-S EFLB5-/4 EFLB5-/8 EFLB30-/4 EFLB30-/8 EFLB35-/4 EFLB35-/8 EFLB40-/4 EFLB40-/8 EFLB50-/4 EFLB50-/8 EFLB60-/4 EFLB60-/8 EFLB80-/4 EFT0-/4 EFT0-/8 EFT0-/4 EFT0-/8 EFT5-/4 EFT30-/4 EFT30-/8 EFT40-/4 EFT40-/8 EFT50-/4 EFT50-/8 EFT60-/4 EFT60-/8 EFT80-/4 EL0 EL0 EL5 EL30 EL40 EL60 EL80 ELB0 ELB0-/6 ELB0-/4 ELB0-/8 ELB0-4-8 ELB0-M3 ELB0-M5 ELB0-M6 ELB0 ELB0-/6 ELB0-/4 ELB0-/8 ELB0-4-8 ELB0-M3 ELB0-M5 ELB0-M6 ELB5 ELB5-/6 ELB5-/4 ELB5-/8 ELB5-4-8 ELB5-M3 ELB5-M5 ELB5-M6 ELB30 ELB30-/6 ELB30-/4 ELB30-/4-S ELB30-/8 ELB30-3/8 ELB ELB30-M3 ELB30-M3F ELB30-M5 ELB30-M6 ELB35 ELB35-/4 ELB35-/8 ELB ELB35-M6 ELB40 ELB40-/6 ELB40-/4 ELB40-/4-S ELB40-/8 ELB40-3/8 ELB ELB40-M3 ELB40-M5 ELB40-M6 ELB50-/6 ELB50-/4 ELB50-/8 ELB50-3/8 ELB ELB50-M6 ELB60-/6 ELB60-/4 ELB60-/8 ELB60-3/8 ELB80-/4 ELB80-/8 ELB80-3/8 EM3-0 EM3-M6 EM5-/8 EM5-0 EM6-/8 EM6-M6 ERB/4-/6 ERB/4-/8 ERB/4-0 ERB/8-/6 ERB4-8-0 ERC0-0 ERC30-0 ERC30-0 ERC30-5 ERC40-0 ERC40-0 ERC40-5 ERC40-30 ERC50-30 ERC50-35 ERC60-0 ERC60-30 ERC60-40

231 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing ERC80-60 ERT ERT0-0-0 ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERT ERX ERX ERX ERX ERX ERX ET0 ET0-/6 ET0-/4 ET0-/8 ET0-4-8 ET0-M3 ET0-M5 ET0-M6 ET0 ET0-/6 ET0-/4 ET0-/8 ET0-4-8 ET0-M3 ET0-M5 ET0-M6 ET5 ET5-/6 ET5-/4 ET5-/8 ET5-4-8 ET5-M3 ET5-M5 ET5-M6 ET30 ET30-/6 ET30-/4 ET30-/8 ET30-3/8 ET ET30-M3 ET30-M5 ET30-M6 ET35 ET35-M6 ET40 ET40-/6 ET40-/4 ET40-/8 ET40-/8-90 ET40-3/8 ET ET40-M3 ET40-M5 ET40-M6 ET50 ET50-/6 ET50-/4 ET50-/8 ET50-3/8 ET ET50-M6 ET60 ET60-/4 ET60-/8 ET60-3/8 ET70 ET80 ET80-/4 ET80-/8 ET80-3/8 ETB0 ETB0 ETB5 ETB30 ETB35 ETB40 EX0 EX0 EX5 EX30 EX40 EX50 EX60 EX80 F0-0- F0-0- F0-0-3 F0-0-4 F0-0-5 F0-0-6 F0-0-7 F0-- F0-- F0--3 F0--4 F0--5 F0--6 F0--7 F0-30- F0-30- F F F F F F0-3- F0-3- F0-3-3 F0-3-4 F0-3-5 F0-3-6 F0-3-7 F-0-4 F-0-6 F-0-7 F-0-44 F-0-46 F-0-47 F-0-64 F-0-66 F-0-67 F-0-74 F-0-76 F-0-77 F--4 F--6 F--7 F--44 F--46 F--47 F--64 F--66 F--67 F--74 F--76 F--77 F-30-4 F-30-6 F-30-7 F F F F F F F F F F-3-4 F-3-6 F-3-7 F-3-44 F-3-46 F-3-47 F-3-64 F-3-66 F-3-67 F-3-74 F-3-76 F-3-77 F3-30- F3-30- F F F F F F4C-/8-SR F4C-00-SR F4C-5-SR F4C-56-SR F4C-50-SR F4N-00-SR FC-3 FC-5 FP45-/8-SR FP45-00-SR FPA FPB-30-* H0-0- H0-0- H0-0-3 H0-0-4 H0-0-5 H0-0-6 H0-0-7 H0-- H0-- H0--3 H0--4 H0--5 H0--6 H0--7 H0-30- H0-30- H H H H H H0-3- H0-3- H0-3-3 H0-3-4 H0-3-5 H0-3-6 H0-3-7 H-0-4 H-0-6 H-0-7 H-0-44 H-0-46 H-0-47 H-0-64 H-0-66 H

232 3 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing H-0-74 H-0-76 H-0-77 H--4 H--6 H--7 H--4 H--44 H--46 H--47 H--64 H--66 H--67 H--74 H--76 H--77 H-30-4 H-30-6 H-30-7 H H H H-30-6 H H H H-30-7 H H H H-3-4 H-3-6 H-3-7 H-3-44 H-3-46 H-3-47 H-3-64 H-3-66 H-3-67 H-3-74 H-3-76 H-3-77 H3-30- H3-30- H H H H H H4C-/8-DT H4C-00-DT H4C-5-DT H4C-56-DT H4C-50-DT H4N-00-DT HAN- HAN- HAN-3 HAN-4 HAN-5 HAN-6 HDO HDOL HM45-/8-DT HM45-00-DT HMM-0-66 HMM HP45-/8-DT HP45-00-DT JB5-0 JB5-4 JB5-6 JB5-8 JB50-0 JB50-4 JB50-6 JB50-8 JB3-0 JB3-4 JB3-6 JB3-8 KEY-30 M0-5-0 M M W M0-5-0-BRS M0-5-0-NYN M0-5-0-PPN M0-5-0-SS M0-5-0W M0-5- M M W M0-5--BRS M0-5--NYN M0-5--PPN M0-5--SS M0-5-W M0-5-3 M M W M0-5-3-BRS M0-5-3-NYN M0-5-3-PPN M0-5-3-SS M0-5-3W M0-5-4 M M W M0-5-4-BRS M0-5-4-NYN M0-5-4-PPN M0-5-4-SS M0-5-4W M0-5-5 M M W M0-5-5-BRS M0-5-5-NYN M0-5-5-PPN M0-5-5-SS M0-5-5W M0-5-6 M M W M0-5-6-BRS M0-5-6-NYN M0-5-6-PPN M0-5-6-SS M0-5-6W M0-5-7 M M W M0-5-7-BRS M0-5-7-NYN M0-5-7-PPN M0-5-7-SS M0-5-7W M0-5-8 M M W M0-5-8-BRS M0-5-8-NYN M0-5-8-PPN M0-5-8-SS M0-5-8W M0-5-9 M M W M0-5-9-BRS M0-5-9-NYN M0-5-9-PPN M0-5-9-SS M0-5-9W M0-50- M0-5-0 M M W M0-5-0W M0-5- M M W M0-5-W M0-5-3 M M W M0-5-3W M0-5-4 M M W M0-5-4W M0-5-5 M M W M0-5-5W M0-5-6 M M W M0-5-6W M0-5-7 M M W M0-5-7W M0-5-8 M M W M0-5-8W M0-5-9 M M W M0-5-9W M M M W M BRS M NYN M PPN M SS M0-50-0W M0-50- M M W M0-50--BRS M0-50--NYN M0-50--PPN M0-50--SS M0-50-W M M M W M BRS M NYN M PPN M SS M0-50-3W M M M W M BRS M NYN M PPN M SS M0-50-4W M M M W M BRS M NYN M PPN M SS M0-50-5W M M M W M BRS M NYN M PPN M SS M0-50-6W M M M W M BRS M NYN M PPN

233 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing M SS M0-50-7W M M M W M BRS M NYN M PPN M SS M0-50-8W M M M W M BRS M NYN M PPN M SS M0-50-9W M M M M M M M M M M M M W M W M M M W M30-50-W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M M M W M W M3-0 M3-4 M3-5 M3-6 M3-8 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M MB- MB-F MPB-30-* MPS-6-00 MPS-6-00-S MS3-0 MS3-4 MS3-6 MS3-8 MSV0- MSV0-0 MSV0-0-M5 MSV0--56 MSV0- MSV0--M5 MSV0--M5 MSV0--M5P MSV0-P MSV0- MSV0--M5 MSV0-4 MSV0-4-M5 MSV0-6 MSV0-6-M5 MSV0-8 MSV0-8-M5 MSV0-CP MSV5- MSV5-0 MSV5-0-M5 MSV5--56 MSV5- MSV5--M5 MSV5--M5 MSV5--M5P MSV5-P MSV5- MSV5--M5 MSV5-4 MSV5-4-M5 MSV5-6 MSV5-6-M5 MSV5-8 MSV5-8-M5 MSV5-CP MSV6- MSV6- MSV6-3 MSV6-4 MSV6-5 MSV8- MSV8-0 MSV8- MSV8-3 MSV8-4 MSV8-5 MSV8-6 MSV8-7 MSV8-8 MSV8-9 MT3-0 MT3-4 MT3-6 MT3-8 N- NV-3 NV-5 PAV-0 PB5-/8 PB5-03 PB56-/8 PB56-/8-36 PB56-03 PB50-/4 PB50-/8 PB50-/8-36 PB50-03 PB375-/8 PBF-* PBR-* PBV-0/3 PBV- PBV-4 PFB56-/8 PFB50-/4 PFB50-/8 PFC0- PFC0- PFC0-3 PFC0-4 PFC0-5 PFC0-6 PFC0-7 PFC-4 PFC-6 PFC-7 PFC-4 PFC-44 PFC-46 PFC-47 PFC-64 PFC-66 PFC-67 PFC-74 PFC-76 PFC-77 PFCR-4 PFCR-6 PFCR-7 PFCR-44 PFCR-46 PFCR-47 PFCR-64 PFCR-66 PFCR-67 PFCR-74 PFCR-76 PFCR-77 PFLS56-/8 PFLS50-/8 PFLS3-/8 PLB56-/8 PLB50-/8 33

234 34 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing PLB3-/8 PLS5-/8 PLS56-/8 PLS56-/8-36 PLS56-03 PLS50-/8 PLS50-/8-36 PLS375-/8 PMC-0 PMC-70 PMCBH-06 PMCBH-0/3 PMCBH-0 PMCBH-70 PMCIL-06 PMCIL-0/3 PMCIL-0 PMCIL-70 PMCM-06 PMCM-0/3 PMCM-0 PMCM-70 PMG-00 PMG-60 PMG-60 PMH-30-* PNV0-0 PNV0- PNV0-/8 PNV0- PNV0-3 PNV0-4 PNV0-5 PNV0-6 PNV0-7 PNV-4 PNV-6 PNV-7 PNV-44 PNV-46 PNV-47 PNV-64 PNV-66 PNV-67 PNV-74 PNV-76 PNV-77 PP-30-* PPB-3/4 PPC- PPC-4 PPC-6 PPC-7 PPC-8 PPC-4 PPC-44 PPC-46 PPC-47 PPC-48 PPC-6 PPC-64 PPC-66 PPC-67 PPC-68 PPC-7 PPC-74 PPC-76 PPC-77 PPC-78 PPR-S-00 PT56 PT56-36 PT50 PT50-36 PT3 PT3-36 PTS56-/8 PTS56-/8-36 PTS50-/8 PTS50-/8-36 PU-5-* PU-5-*-LR PU-5-*-R PU-5-*-XR PU-5F-* PU-56-* PU-56-*-LR PU-56-*-R PU-56F-* PU-5-*-C PU-50-*-C PU-50-* PU-50-*-LR PU-50-*-R PU-50F-* PU-50PB-* PU-50R-* PU-3-* PU3-5-*-C PU3-50-*-L PU-375-* PU-375-*-R PU-375F-* PU-375PB-* PU-375R-* PU4-5-*-C PU4-50-*-L PU-468F-* PU-56F-* PU-750F-* PUC-5-* PUC-5-* PUC-50-* PUC-50-* PUMC4-5-* PUMC4-50-* PUMC6-5-* PUMC8-50-* PY56 QE0-5G5 QE0-7MF QE0-FAF QE0-FMF QE-M- QE-M-4 QE-M-6 QE-M-7 QE-M-8 QE-M-4 QE-M-44 QE-M-46 QE-M-47 QE-M-48 QE-M-6 QE-M-64 QE-M-66 QE-M-67 QE-M-68 QE-M-7 QE-M-74 QE-M-76 QE-M-77 QE-M-78 QE-P- QE-P-4 QE-P-6 QE-P-7 QE-P-8 QE-P-4 QE-P-44 QE-P-46 QE-P-47 QE-P-48 QE-P-6 QE-P-64 QE-P-66 QE-P-67 QE-P-68 QE-P-7 QE-P-74 QE-P-76 QE-P-77 QE-P-78 QE-S- QE-S-4 QE-S-6 QE-S-7 QE-S-8 QE-S-4 QE-S-44 QE-S-46 QE-S-47 QE-S-48 QE-S-6 QE-S-64 QE-S-66 QE-S-67 QE-S-68 QE-S-7 QE-S-74 QE-S-76 QE-S-77 QE-S-78 QE-MI QE-MS QE-S R0-NK- R0-NK- R0-NK-3 R0-NK-4 R0-NK-5 R0-NK-6 R0-NK-7 R0-NP- R0-NP- R0-NP-3 R0-NP-4 R0-NP-5 R0-NP-6 R0-NP-7 R0-RK- R0-RK- R0-RK-3 R0-RK-4 R0-RK-5 R0-RK-6 R0-RK-7 R0-RP- R0-RP- R0-RP-3 R0-RP-4 R0-RP-5 R0-RP-6 R0-RP-7 R-NK-4 R-NK-6 R-NK-7 R-NK-44 R-NK-46 R-NK-47 R-NK-64 R-NK-66 R-NK-67 R-NK-74 R-NK-76 R-NK-77 R-NP-4 R-NP-6 R-NP-7 R-NP-44 R-NP-46 R-NP-47 R-NP-64 R-NP-66 R-NP-67 R-NP-74 R-NP-76 R-NP-77 R-RK-4 R-RK-6 R-RK-7 R-RK-4 R-RK-44 R-RK-46 R-RK-47

235 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing R-RK-64 R-RK-66 R-RK-67 R-RK-74 R-RK-76 R-RK-77 R-RP-4 R-RP-6 R-RP-7 R-RP-44 R-RP-46 R-RP-47 R-RP-64 R-RP-66 R-RP-67 R-RP-74 R-RP-76 R-RP-77 RLN-40 RPB-30-* RTCP-06 RTCP-0 RTCP-70 RTCPB RTCS-06 RTCS-0 RTCS-70 RTCSB RTPB-06 RTPB-0 RTPB-70 RTSB-06 RTSB-0 RTSB-70 S0MM-0-- S0MM-0--3 S0MM-0--4 S0MM-0-4- S0MM S0MM S0MM-0-4LW- S0MM-0-4LW-3 S0MM-0-4LW-4 S0MM-30-- S0MM S0MM S0MM S0MM S0MM S0MM-30-4LW- S0MM-30-4LW-3 S0MM-30-4LW-4 S0MM-3-- S0MM-3--3 S0MM-3--4 S0MM-3-4- S0MM S0MM S0MM-3-4LW- S0MM-3-4LW-3 S0MM-3-4LW-4 S0MML S5MM-0--0B S5MM-0--0D S5MM-0--B S5MM-0--D S5MM-0--3B S5MM-0--3D S5MM-0--4B S5MM-0--4D S5MM-0-W-0E S5MM-0-W-E S5MM-0-W-3E S5MM-0-W-4E S5MM-0-4-0B S5MM-0-4-0D S5MM-0-4-B S5MM-0-4-D S5MM-0-4-3B S5MM-0-4-3D S5MM-0-4-4B S5MM-0-4-4D S5MM-0-4W-0E S5MM-0-4W-E S5MM-0-4W-3E S5MM-0-4W-4E S5MM---0B S5MM---0C S5MM---B S5MM---C S5MM---3B S5MM---3C S5MM---4B S5MM---4C S5MM--4-0B S5MM--4-0C S5MM--4-B S5MM--4-C S5MM--4-3B S5MM--4-3C S5MM--4-4B S5MM--4-4C S5MM B S5MM D S5MM-30-0-B S5MM-30-0-D S5MM B S5MM D S5MM B S5MM D S5MM-30--0B S5MM-30--0D S5MM-30--B S5MM-30--D S5MM-30--3B S5MM-30--3D S5MM-30--4B S5MM-30--4D S5MM-30-W-0E S5MM-30-W-E S5MM-30-W-3E S5MM-30-W-4E S5MM B S5MM D S5MM-30-4-B S5MM-30-4-D S5MM B S5MM D S5MM B S5MM D S5MM-30-4W-0E S5MM-30-4W-E S5MM-30-4W-3E S5MM-30-4W-4E S5MM-3--0B S5MM-3--0C S5MM-3--0D S5MM-3--B S5MM-3--C S5MM-3--D S5MM-3--3B S5MM-3--3C S5MM-3--3D S5MM-3--4B S5MM-3--4C S5MM-3--4D S5MM-3-4-0B S5MM-3-4-0C S5MM-3-4-0D S5MM-3-4-B S5MM-3-4-C S5MM-3-4-D S5MM-3-4-3B S5MM-3-4-3C S5MM-3-4-3D S5MM-3-4-4B S5MM-3-4-4C S5MM-3-4-4D S5MML-0--B S5MML-0--D S5MML-0-4-B S5MML-0-4-D S5MML-30--B S5MML-30--D S5MML-30-4-B S5MML-30-4-D S0M30-AP S0M30-SS--0 S0M30-SS-- S0M30-SS--3 S0M30-SS--4 S0M30-SS--0 S0M30-SS-- S0M30-SS--3 S0M30-SS--4 S0M30-SS-4-0 S0M30-SS-4- S0M30-SS-4-3 S0M30-SS-4-4 S0M3-AP S0M3-SS--0 S0M3-SS-- S0M3-SS--3 S0M3-SS--4 S0M3-SS--0 S0M3-SS-- S0M3-SS--3 S0M3-SS--4 S0M3-SS-4-0 S0M3-SS-4- S0M3-SS-4-3 S0M3-SS-4-4 S0M4-AP S0M4-DP S0M4-DS--0 S0M4-DS-- S0M4-DS--3 S0M4-DS--4 S0M4-DS--0 S0M4-DS-- S0M4-DS--3 S0M4-DS--4 S0M4-DS-4-0 S0M4-DS-4- S0M4-DS-4-3 S0M4-DS-4-4 S0M4-SS--0 S0M4-SS-- S0M4-SS--3 S0M4-SS--4 S0M4-SS--0 S0M4-SS-- S0M4-SS--3 S0M4-SS--4 S0M4-SS-4-0 S0M4-SS-4- S0M4-SS-4-3 S0M4-SS-4-4 S0M-CP S0MM-0 S0MM- S0MM-3 S0MM-4 S0MM-6 S0MM-8 S0MU-0 S0MU- S0MU-4 S0MU-6 S0MU-8 S0U30-AP S0U30-SS--0 S0U30-SS-- S0U30-SS--3 S0U30-SS--4 S0U30-SS--0 S0U30-SS-- S0U30-SS--3 S0U30-SS--4 S0U30-SS-4-0 S0U30-SS-4- S0U30-SS-4-3 S0U30-SS-4-4 S0U3-AP S0U3-SS--0 35

236 36 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 400 Phone Fax Alphanumeric Product Listing S0U3-SS-- S0U3-SS--3 S0U3-SS--4 S0U3-SS--0 S0U3-SS-- S0U3-SS--3 S0U3-SS--4 S0U3-SS-4-0 S0U3-SS-4- S0U3-SS-4-3 S0U3-SS-4-4 S0U4-AP S0U4-DP S0U4-DS--0 S0U4-DS-- S0U4-DS--3 S0U4-DS--4 S0U4-DS--0 S0U4-DS-- S0U4-DS--3 S0U4-DS--4 S0U4-DS-4-0 S0U4-DS-4- S0U4-DS-4-3 S0U4-DS-4-4 S0U4-SS--0 S0U4-SS-- S0U4-SS--3 S0U4-SS--4 S0U4-SS--0 S0U4-SS-- S0U4-SS--3 S0U4-SS--4 S0U4-SS-4-0 S0U4-SS-4- S0U4-SS-4-3 S0U4-SS-4-4 SM-CP SMU-0 SMU- SMU-4 SMU-6 SMU-8 SU30-AP SU30-SS--0 SU30-SS-- SU30-SS--3 SU30-SS--4 SU30-SS--0 SU30-SS-- SU30-SS--3 SU30-SS--4 SU30-SS-4-0 SU30-SS-4- SU30-SS-4-3 SU30-SS-4-4 SU4-AP SU4-DP SU4-DS--0 SU4-DS-- SU4-DS--3 SU4-DS--4 SU4-DS--0 SU4-DS-- SU4-DS--3 SU4-DS--4 SU4-DS-4-0 SU4-DS-4- SU4-DS-4-3 SU4-DS-4-4 SU4-LS-- SU4-LS-4- SU4-SS--0 SU4-SS-- SU4-SS--3 SU4-SS--4 SU4-SS--0 SU4-SS-- SU4-SS--3 SU4-SS--4 SU4-SS-4-0 SU4-SS-4- SU4-SS-4-3 SU4-SS-4-4 SU4C-DS--0 SU4C-DS-- SU4C-DS--3 SU4C-DS--4 SU4C-DS--0 SU4C-DS-- SU4C-DS--3 SU4C-DS--4 SU4C-DS-4-0 SU4C-DS-4- SU4C-DS-4-3 SU4C-DS-4-4 SU4E-DS--0 SU4E-DS-- SU4E-DS--3 SU4E-DS--4 SU4E-DS--0 SU4E-DS-- SU4E-DS--3 SU4E-DS--4 SU4E-DS-4-0 SU4E-DS-4- SU4E-DS-4-3 SU4E-DS-4-4 S S S S6-0-- S6-0-LW-0 S6-0-LW- S S S S S6-0-4AC-0 S6-0-4AC- S6-0-4LW-0 S6-0-4LW- S S S S S6-30-LW-0 S6-30-LW- S S S S S6-30-4AC-0 S6-30-4AC- S6-30-4LW-0 S6-30-4LW- S6-DIN S S S S S8---0 S S S S S S S S S8-DIN SB0 SB SB SB SB SB5-56- SB SB5-50- SB SB0 SB SB SB SB SB5-56- SB SB5-50- SB SB5 SB30 SB35-4 SB30-7 SB35- SB35-9 SB40 SB50 SB60 SBF-06 SBF-06-/4 SBF-06-/4-M3 SBF-06-LP SBF-0T SBF-0 SBF-0-/4 SBF-0-/4-M3 SBF-40 SBF-40-/4 SBF-40T SBF-4T SBF-66 SBF-6T SBF-70 SBF-70-/4 SBF-80 SBF-80T SBF-86 SBF-86B SBF-88 SBF-8L SBF-8T SBF-8X SBF-3- SBF-3- SBF-3-3 SBF-3-4 SBH-0 SBH-5 SEL-30- SEL-30- SF-5PI SF-56PI SF- SFD-0 SFL-0 SFT-0 SFU- SMB-30-* SMMC-000 SMMC-300 SMMC-500 SMM-DIN SMM-MDIN SPG-/6 SPG-/ SPG-/4 SPG-/8 SPG-0 SPG-0-/4 SPG-3/8 SPG-4-8 SPG-M3 SPG-M5 SPG-M6 SSP-0 SSV-0A-ABB SSV-0A-ABC SSV-0A-ABD SSV-0A-ABF SSV-0A-ACC SSV-0A-ACF SSV-0A-ADC SSV-0A-ADD SSV-0A-AFD SSV-0A-AFF

237 PNEUMADYNE, INC. Catalog 300 Phone Fax SSV-0A-BBB SSV-0A-MFF SSV-0A-BBC STD-0 SSV-0A-BBD STL-0 SSV-0A-BBF STL-0-SS SSV-0A-BCC STT-0 SSV-0A-BCD STT-0-SS SSV-0A-BCF SV-/4 PI-44 SSV-0A-BDD SV-/4 PI-46 SSV-0A-BDF SV-/4 PI-66 SSV-0A-BFF SV-/4 PI-74 SSV-0A-CBB SV-/4 PI-76 SSV-0A-CBC SV-/4 PI-77 SSV-0A-CBD SV-5-44 SSV-0A-CBF SV-5-46 SSV-0A-CCC SV-5-47 SSV-0A-CCD SV-5-66 SSV-0A-CCF SV-5-67 SSV-0A-CDD SV-5-77 SSV-0A-CDF SV--44 SSV-0A-CFF SV--46 SSV-0A-DBB SV--66 SSV-0A-DBC SV-5/3 PI-44 SSV-0A-DBD SV-5/3 PI-46 SSV-0A-DBF SV-5/3 PI-47 SSV-0A-DCC SV-5/3 PI-66 SSV-0A-DCD SV-5/3 PI-67 SSV-0A-DCF SV-5/3 PI-77 SSV-0A-DDD TA- SSV-0A-DDF TB0-5-0 SSV-0A-DFF TB0-5- SSV-0A-FBB TB0-5-4 SSV-0A-FBC TB0-5-6 SSV-0A-FBD TB0-5-8 SSV-0A-FCC TB SSV-0A-FCD TB0-50- SSV-0A-FDD TB SSV-0A-FFB TB SSV-0A-FFC TB SSV-0A-FFD TB3-0 SSV-0A-FFF TB3-4 SSV-0A-MBB TB3-6 SSV-0A-MBC TB3-8 SSV-0A-MBD TC-000 SSV-0A-MCC TCR SSV-0A-MCD TL-30- SSV-0A-MDD SSV-0A-MFB SSV-0A-MFC SSV-0A-MFD Alphanumeric Product Listing 37

238 Pneumadyne manufactures a full line of miniature pneumatic componentscontact our customer service department or the authorized Pneumadyne distributor in your area. To place an order: Phone: (763) Fax: (763) Business Hours: 8am to 5pm central time After Hours: Message service available Visit us online: American Express / MasterCard / Visa* *not accepted on Pneumadyne distributor orders Custom Designed Products Our experienced engineers are always available to assist in the design and development of custom products. We take pride in our ability to partner with customers and develop successful solutions for custom applications. Dedication to quality and customer satisfaction are always paramount at Pneumadyne. 38